H: | ELECTRICITY | |
H04: | ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE | |
H04N: | PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION | |
H04N1/00: | Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof recording arrangements for measuring instruments G01D; sensing record carriers G06K7/00; character or pattern recognition G06K9/00; mosaïc printer telegraph systems H04L21/00 | |
H04N1/00A: | . [N: Diagnosis, testing or measuring; Detecting, analysing or monitoring not otherwise provided for (error detection, error correction or monitoring in digital computers or digital computer components G06F11/00)] | |
H04N1/00A1: | . . [N: relating to image data] | |
H04N1/00A2: | . . [N: relating to particular apparatus or devices] | |
H04N1/00A2B: | . . . [N: Transmission systems or arrangements] | |
H04N1/00A2C: | . . . [N: Reading apparatus] | |
H04N1/00A2D: | . . . [N: Reproducing apparatus] | |
H04N1/00A2E: | . . . [N: Scanning arrangements] | |
H04N1/00A2F: | . . . [N: Picture signal circuits] | |
H04N1/00A2G: | . . . [N: Colour systems] | |
H04N1/00A3: | . . [N: Methods therefor] | |
H04N1/00A3B: | . . . [N: Diagnosis, i.e. identifying a problem by comparison with a normal state] | |
H04N1/00A3C: | . . . [N: Testing, i.e. determining the result of a trial (H04N1/00A3B takes precedence; using test signals for transmission mode changing H04N1/333D3T)] | |
H04N1/00A3D: | . . . [N: Measuring, i.e. determining a quantity by comparison with a standard (H04N1/00A3C takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00A3E: | . . . [N: Detecting, i.e. determining the occurrence of a predetermined state (H04N1/00A3C takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00A3F: | . . . [N: Analysis, i.e. separating and studying components of a greater whole] | |
H04N1/00A3H: | . . . [N: Monitoring, i.e. observation (H04N1/00A3B to H04N1/00A3F take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00A3J: | . . . [N: using a reference pattern designed for the purpose, e.g. a test chart] | |
H04N1/00A3K: | . . . [N: using an image not specifically designed for the purpose] | |
H04N1/00A3L: | . . . [N: in service, i.e. during normal operation] | |
H04N1/00A3M: | . . . [N: out of service, i.e. outside of normal operation] | |
H04N1/00A3P: | . . . [N: automatically on a periodic basis] | |
H04N1/00A3S: | . . . [N: using a separate apparatus] | |
H04N1/00A3S2: | . . . . [N: using a remote apparatus (H04N1/00A3V takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00A3T: | . . . [N: using at least a part of the apparatus itself, e.g. self-testing] | |
H04N1/00A3V: | . . . [N: using a program downloaded or received from another apparatus] | |
H04N1/00A3W: | . . . [N: Calculating or estimating] | |
H04N1/00A4: | . . [N: characterised by the action taken] | |
H04N1/00A4B: | . . . [N: Indicating or reporting (details of user-machine interface H04N1/00D)] | |
H04N1/00A4B8: | . . . . [N: locally] | |
H04N1/00A4B9: | . . . . [N: remotely] | |
H04N1/00A4C: | . . . [N: Adjusting or controlling (interrupting an operation H04N1/00V1; inhibiting an operation H04N1/00V2)] | |
H04N1/00A4C4: | . . . . [N: Recovery or repair, e.g. self-repair] | |
H04N1/00A4C5: | . . . . [N: Setting or calibrating (picture signal circuits H04N1/40)] | |
H04N1/00A4D: | . . . [N: Storage] | |
H04N1/00A5: | . . [N: relating to the original or to the reproducing medium, e.g. imperfections or dirt (detecting properties of a sheet H04N1/00G)] | |
H04N1/00B: | . Systems or arrangements for the transmission of the picture signal | |
H04N1/00B2: | . . via a television channel, e.g. for a series of still pictures with or without sound | |
H04N1/00B3: | . . specially adapted for transmission via digital wireline networks H04N1/00B2 takes precedence | |
H04N1/00B4: | . . specially adapted for radio transmission, e.g. via satellites H04N1/00B2 takes precedence | |
H04N1/00B4B: | . . . using land mobile radio networks, e.g. mobile telephone | |
H04N1/00B4D: | . . . [N: of digital signals] | |
H04N1/00B8: | . . [N: specially adapted for optical transmission] | |
H04N1/00B9: | . . [N: with transmission of additional information signals (for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver H04N1/32C)] | |
H04N1/00B9M: | . . . [N: of multimedia information] | |
H04N1/00B9S: | . . . [N: of sound information only] | |
H04N1/00B9T: | . . . [N: of text or character information only] | |
H04N1/00B9V: | . . . [N: of video information only] | |
H04N1/00C: | . Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture | |
H04N1/00C1: | . . [N: with a display device, e.g. CRT or LCD monitor (with a television apparatus H04N1/00C7B; arrangements for control of display devices G09G)] | |
H04N1/00C2: | . . in a digital photofinishing system, i.e. a system where digital photographic images undergo typical photofinishing processing, e.g. printing ordering | |
H04N1/00C20: | . . [N: with a medium handling apparatus, e.g. a sheet sorter (handling thin or filamentary material, e.g. sheets B65H)] | |
H04N1/00C21: | . . [N: with a measuring, monitoring or signaling apparatus, e.g. for transmitting measured information to a central location] | |
H04N1/00C22: | . . with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus arrangements for the associated working of recording or reproducing apparatus with related apparatus G11B31/00 | |
H04N1/00C22C: | . . . [N: with an apparatus processing optically-read information] | |
H04N1/00C22C2: | . . . . [N: with an apparatus performing optical character recognition (arrangements for recognising printed or written characters G06K9/00)] | |
H04N1/00C22C3: | . . . . [N: with an apparatus processing barcodes or the like (arrangements for sensing record carriers G06K7/00)] | |
H04N1/00C22C4: | . . . . [N: with an apparatus performing pattern recognition, e.g. of a face or a geographic feature (arrangements for recognising patterns G06K9/00)] | |
H04N1/00C22S: | . . . [N: with an electronic or magnetic storage medium I/O device (RFID or the like H04N1/00C22T)] | |
H04N1/00C22T: | . . . with a radio frequency tag transmitter or receiver storage of additional information in an RFID tag attached to an image bearing paper sheet H04N1/32C17B2 | |
H04N1/00C23: | . . with a management, maintenance, service or repair apparatus monitoring H04N1/00A | |
H04N1/00C24: | . . with another still picture apparatus, e.g. hybrid still picture apparatus circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between image input and image output device H04N1/32 | |
H04N1/00C2A: | . . . Scanning of a photographic original | |
H04N1/00C2C: | . . . Transmission | |
H04N1/00C2C2: | . . . . [N: via e-mail] | |
H04N1/00C2D: | . . . Ordering | |
H04N1/00C2D2: | . . . . [N: from a remote location] | |
H04N1/00C2E: | . . . Storage information retrieval G06F17/30 | |
H04N1/00C2E2: | . . . . [N: with selective access] | |
H04N1/00C2E2S: | . . . . . [N: for sharing images with a selected individual or correspondent] | |
H04N1/00C2E2S2: | . . . . . . [N: with a group of selected individuals or correspondents] | |
H04N1/00C2E4: | . . . . [N: for sharing images without access restriction, e.g. publishing images] | |
H04N1/00C2F: | . . . Viewing or previewing | |
H04N1/00C2F2: | . . . . [N: at a remote location] | |
H04N1/00C2G: | . . . Processing or editing H04N1/00C2R5 to H04N1/00C2R7 take precedence | |
H04N1/00C2H: | . . . Digital image input | |
H04N1/00C2H2: | . . . . [N: directly from a still digital camera or from a storage medium mounted in a still digital camera (H04N1/00C2H5 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00C2H3: | . . . . [N: from a still image storage medium (H04N1/00C2H2, H04N1/00C2H5 take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00C2H4: | . . . . [N: from a user terminal, e.g. personal computer] | |
H04N1/00C2H5: | . . . . [N: of images captured using a loaned, rented or limited-use still digital camera, e.g. recyclable or disposable camera] | |
H04N1/00C2P: | . . . Photography assistance, e.g. displaying suggestions to the user | |
H04N1/00C2R: | . . . Image output (for details of particular output arrangements see the relevant sub-class, e.g. B41J, G03B, G09G, G11B) | |
H04N1/00C2R2: | . . . . [N: Printing, e.g. prints or reprints (H04N1/00C2R3, H04N1/00C2R5 take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00C2R3: | . . . . [N: on souvenir-type products or the like, e.g. T-shirts or mugs] | |
H04N1/00C2R4: | . . . . [N: to a portable storage medium, e.g. a read-writable compact disk] | |
H04N1/00C2R5: | . . . . [N: Creation of a photo-montage, e.g. photoalbum (H04N1/00C2R3 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00C2R6: | . . . . [N: Creation of a soft photo presentation, e.g. digital slide-show] | |
H04N1/00C2R7: | . . . . [N: Creation of a lenticular or stereo hardcopy image] | |
H04N1/00C3: | . . with a digital computer or a digital computer system, e.g. an internet server programmed control between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device H04N1/32K | |
H04N1/00C3F: | . . . Transmitting or receiving computer data via an image communication device, e.g. a facsimile transceiver H04N1/00C3H takes precedence | |
H04N1/00C3G: | . . . Transmitting or receiving image data, e.g. facsimile data, via a computer, e.g. using e-mail, a computer network, the internet, I-fax | |
H04N1/00C3G2: | . . . . [N: Attaching image data to computer messages, e.g. to e-mails] | |
H04N1/00C3G3: | . . . . [N: details of transmission] | |
H04N1/00C3G3C: | . . . . . only involving computer data transmission protocols, e.g. SMTP, WAP or HTTP communication protocol aspects and techniques in packet data networks H04L69/00; network-specific arrangements or communication protocols supporting networked applications H04L67/00 | |
H04N1/00C3G3F: | . . . . . [N: involving facsimile protocols or a combination of facsimile protocols and computer data transmission protocols] | |
H04N1/00C3G5: | . . . . [N: details of image data generation or reproduction, e.g. scan-to-email or network printing] | |
H04N1/00C3G5G: | . . . . . [N: details of image data generation, e.g. scan-to-email or network scanners (using an image reading device as a local input to a computer H04N1/00C3H3)] | |
H04N1/00C3G5H: | . . . . . Image push arrangements, e.g. from an image reading device to a specific network destination push based network services H04L67/26 | |
H04N1/00C3G5L: | . . . . . [N: Image pull arrangements, e.g. to a multifunctional peripheral from a networked computer] | |
H04N1/00C3G5R: | . . . . . [N: details of image data reproduction, e.g. network printing or remote image display (using an image reproducing device as a local output from a computer H04N1/00C3H2; digital output from computer to printer unit G06F3/12)] | |
H04N1/00C3H: | . . . [N: using an image reading or reproducing device, e.g. a facsimile reader or printer, as a local input to or local output from a computer (image input to or image output from a computer via a network H04N1/00C3G)] | |
H04N1/00C3H2: | . . . . [N: using an image reproducing device as a local output from a computer (output via network, e.g. network printing H04N1/00C3G5R)] | |
H04N1/00C3H3: | . . . . [N: using an image reading device as a local input to a computer (input via network, e.g. network scanners H04N1/00C3G5G)] | |
H04N1/00C3K: | . . . [N: with a server, e.g. an internet server (fax-servers or the like for store and forward H04N1/32F2)] | |
H04N1/00C4: | . . [N: with an optical device, e.g. an optical viewing aid] | |
H04N1/00C5: | . . [N: with a photographic apparatus, e.g. a photographic printer or a projector (photographic apparatus per se G03B, G03D)] | |
H04N1/00C5A: | . . . [N: with an apparatus for taking photographic images, e.g. a camera] | |
H04N1/00C5B: | . . . with an electrophotographic copying machine, i.e. a photocopier | |
H04N1/00C5C: | . . . [N: with an electro-developing recording medium, e.g. generating image signals by reading such a medium in a still camera] | |
H04N1/00C5D: | . . . [N: with an apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials] | |
H04N1/00C5D2: | . . . . [N: Reading a film during its processing, e.g. generating image signals from a film while the photographic image on the film is in the process of being developed] | |
H04N1/00C5E: | . . . [N: with a photographic printing apparatus] | |
H04N1/00C5F: | . . . [N: with a viewing or projecting apparatus, e.g. for reading image information from a film (H04N1/00C5D2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00C5G: | . . . [N: Reading or writing of non-image information from or to a photographic material, e.g. processing data stored in a magnetic track] | |
H04N1/00C5H: | . . . [N: with apparatus for handling photographic material] | |
H04N1/00C5J: | . . . [N: Recording image information on a photographic material] | |
H04N1/00C6: | . . with a printing apparatus, e.g. a laser beam printer | |
H04N1/00C7: | . . with a telecommunication apparatus, e.g. a switched network of teleprinters for the distribution of text-based information, a selective call terminal details of transmission H04N1/00B; establishing a communication with one of a facsimile machine or another apparatus sharing a single line H04N1/327C; interfacing cordless telephone terminals with an accessory to increase the functionality of user interface H04M1/725F1B | |
H04N1/00C7B: | . . . with a television apparatus | |
H04N1/00C7B2: | . . . . with studio circuitry, devices or equipment, e.g. television cameras television studio circuitry, devices or equipment per se H04N5/222 | |
H04N1/00C7B2B: | . . . . . [N: in a video photo booth or the like] | |
H04N1/00C7B3: | . . . . with receiver circuitry television receiver circuitry per se H04N5/44 | |
H04N1/00C7B3B: | . . . . . [N: for printing images at a television receiver] | |
H04N1/00C7B4: | . . . . [N: with a television signal recorder, e.g. for recording facsimile images on a VCR (motion video recording combined with still video recording in a still video camera H04N1/21B3C)] | |
H04N1/00C7B5: | . . . . [N: with a television transmission apparatus, e.g. a videophone, a teletext system or a digital television system] | |
H04N1/00C7C: | . . . [N: with a telephonic apparatus, e.g. telephone answering machine or videotex terminal (H04N1/00C7D takes precedence; telephonic communication H04M)] | |
H04N1/00C7C2: | . . . . [N: with a cordless telephone apparatus] | |
H04N1/00C7D: | . . . with a mobile telephone apparatus constructional features of portable telephone sets H04M1/02A; mobile radio systems H04Q7/20 | |
H04N1/00C7E: | . . . [N: with a selective call apparatus, e.g. a paging device (selective call receivers H04W88/02S; selective call encoders H04W88/18S)] | |
H04N1/00C7F: | . . . with a digital transmission apparatus, e.g. a switched network of teleprinters for the distribution of text-based information, SMS or ISDN device transmitting or receiving via a computer e.g. using e-mail, a computer network or the internet H04N1/00C3G3; transmission of digital information H04L | |
H04N1/00C7G: | . . . [N: with a radio transmission apparatus (with a cordless telephone H04N1/00C7C2; systems or arrangements for the transmission of a picture signal specially adapted for transmission via radio H04N1/00B4; H04N1/00C7D takes precedence; radio transmission systems H04B7/00; wireless communication networks H04W)] | |
H04N1/00C7H: | . . . [N: with a multi-media apparatus] | |
H04N1/00D: | . User-machine interface; Control console input or output arrangements for computers G06F3/00 | |
H04N1/00D11: | . . [N: Tailoring a user interface [UI] to specific requirements] | |
H04N1/00D11C: | . . . [N: Customising to a particular machine or model, machine function or application] | |
H04N1/00D11D: | . . . [N: Customising to the data to be displayed] | |
H04N1/00D11P: | . . . [N: Personalising for a particular user or group of users, e.g. a workgroup or company] | |
H04N1/00D11P2: | . . . . [N: for a group of users, e.g. a workgroup , company, or a service provider] | |
H04N1/00D11P4: | . . . . [N: for individual users] | |
H04N1/00D11P6: | . . . . [N: involving favourite or frequently used settings] | |
H04N1/00D2: | . . [N: Input means (H04N1/00D3D2 takes precedence; input arrangements for computers G06F3/00)] | |
H04N1/00D2B: | . . . [N: Mark-sheet input (sensing record carriers G06K7/00; recognising printed or written characters G06K9/00)] | |
H04N1/00D2B2: | . . . . [N: Type of the scanned marks] | |
H04N1/00D2B2A: | . . . . . [N: Alphanumeric symbols] | |
H04N1/00D2B2B: | . . . . . [N: Bar codes or the like] | |
H04N1/00D2B2M: | . . . . . [N: Marks in boxes or the like, e.g. crosses or blacking out (H04N1/00D2B2A takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00D2B3: | . . . . [N: Location of the scanned marks] | |
H04N1/00D2B3B: | . . . . . [N: on a separate sheet] | |
H04N1/00D2B3C: | . . . . . [N: on the same page as at least a part of the image] | |
H04N1/00D2B4: | . . . . [N: Means for identifying a mark sheet or area] | |
H04N1/00D2B5: | . . . . [N: Means for enabling correct scanning of a mark sheet or area, e.g. registration or timing marks] | |
H04N1/00D2G: | . . . [N: Input by recognition or interpretation of visible user gestures (manual input means, e.g. digitisers, writing tablets H04N1/00D2M; recognition algorithms G06K9/00G; gesture input to computers G06F3/00B8)] | |
H04N1/00D2K: | . . . [N: Key input means, e.g. buttons or keypads (electromechanical details of key input means in general H01H13/00)] | |
H04N1/00D2K2: | . . . . [N: Multiple functions per key] | |
H04N1/00D2K3: | . . . . [N: Programmable function keys, e.g. for one-touch operation (H04N1/00D2K2 takes precedence; for automation of transmitter jobs H04N1/32B5)] | |
H04N1/00D2M: | . . . [N: Other manual input means, e.g. digitisers or writing tablets] | |
H04N1/00D2R: | . . . [N: Arrangements for reducing operator input (input arrangements for job or mode instructions or parameters H04N1/00W; intelligent menu interfaces H04N1/00D3D3C)] | |
H04N1/00D2S: | . . . [N: Switches, knobs or the like] | |
H04N1/00D2S2: | . . . . [N: Rocker or tumbler switches] | |
H04N1/00D2V: | . . . [N: Voice input means, e.g. voice commands] | |
H04N1/00D3: | . . [N: Output means (output arrangements for computers G06F3/00)] | |
H04N1/00D3D: | . . . [N: Display of information to the user, e.g. menus] | |
H04N1/00D3D2: | . . . . [N: the display also being used for user input, e.g. touch screen] | |
H04N1/00D3D3: | . . . . using menus, i.e. presenting the user with a plurality of selectable options H04N1/00D3D5 takes precedence | |
H04N1/00D3D3B: | . . . . . Multi-level menus | |
H04N1/00D3D3B2: | . . . . . . [N: Arrangements for navigating between pages or parts of the menu] | |
H04N1/00D3D3B2D: | . . . . . . . [N: using drop-down menus] | |
H04N1/00D3D3B2G: | . . . . . . . [N: using a list of graphical elements, e.g. icons or icon bar] | |
H04N1/00D3D3B2L: | . . . . . . . [N: using a menu list (H04N1/00D3D3B2D, H04N1/00D3D3B2G, H04N1/00D3D3B2N take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00D3D3B2N: | . . . . . . . [N: using a navigation tree] | |
H04N1/00D3D3B2T: | . . . . . . . [N: using tabs] | |
H04N1/00D3D3B3: | . . . . . . [N: arranged in a predetermined sequence, e.g. using next and previous buttons] | |
H04N1/00D3D3C: | . . . . . [N: Intelligent menus, e.g. anticipating user selections] | |
H04N1/00D3D4: | . . . . for image preview or review, e.g. to help the user position a sheet | |
H04N1/00D3D4M: | . . . . . Simultaneous viewing of a plurality of images, e.g. using a mosaic display arrangement of thumbnails | |
H04N1/00D3D4M1: | . . . . . . [N: arranged in a one dimensional array] | |
H04N1/00D3D4M1H: | . . . . . . . [N: horizontally] | |
H04N1/00D3D4M1V: | . . . . . . . [N: vertically] | |
H04N1/00D3D4M2: | . . . . . . [N: arranged in a two dimensional array] | |
H04N1/00D3D4M4: | . . . . . . [N: for layout preview, e.g. page layout] | |
H04N1/00D3D4S: | . . . . . Sequential viewing of a plurality of images, e.g. browsing or scrolling | |
H04N1/00D3D4T: | . . . . . [N: marking or otherwise tagging one or more displayed image, e.g. for selective reproduction] | |
H04N1/00D3D5: | . . . . using browsers, i.e. interfaces based on mark-up languages | |
H04N1/00D3D6: | . . . . [N: displaying finishing information, e.g. position of punch holes or staple or orientation references] | |
H04N1/00D3D7: | . . . . [N: with enlargement of a selected area of the displayed information] | |
H04N1/00D3D8: | . . . . [N: using a pop-up window] | |
H04N1/00D3F: | . . . [N: outputting a plurality of functional options, e.g. scan, copy or print] | |
H04N1/00D3G: | . . . [N: Indicating status, e.g. of a job (for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device H04N1/32C3F)] | |
H04N1/00D3H: | . . . [N: Indicating an illegal or impossible operation or selection to the user] | |
H04N1/00D3J: | . . . [N: outputting a plurality of job set-up options, e.g. number of copies, paper size or resolution] | |
H04N1/00D3P: | . . . [N: providing a hardcopy output to the user, e.g. print out] | |
H04N1/00D3S: | . . . [N: providing an audible output to the user] | |
H04N1/00D3V: | . . . [N: providing a visual indication to the user, e.g. using a lamp (H04N1/00D3D takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00D7: | . . [N: Particular location of the interface or console] | |
H04N1/00D8: | . . [N: Constructional details of the interface or console not otherwise provided for, e.g. rotating or tilting means | |
H04N1/00D9: | . . [N: Multi-lingual facilities] | |
H04N1/00E: | . Constructional details not otherwise provided for, e.g. housings, covers | |
H04N1/00E1: | . . [N: Reducing apparatus footprint, e.g. wall-mounted or vertically arranged apparatus] | |
H04N1/00E10: | . . [N: Supporting the apparatus as a whole, e.g. stands] | |
H04N1/00E12: | . . [N: Constructional details relating to ergonomic aspects] | |
H04N1/00E2: | . . Providing a more compact apparatus, e.g. sheet discharge tray in cover | |
H04N1/00E2A: | . . . [N: Discharge tray at least partially sandwiched between image generating and reproducing components] | |
H04N1/00E2B: | . . . [N: Discharge tray in cover] | |
H04N1/00E2C: | . . . [N: using slidably mounted components, e.g. reader in drawer] | |
H04N1/00E2D: | . . . [N: using rotatably mounted or foldable components] | |
H04N1/00E3: | . . Modular devices, i.e. allowing combinations of separate components, removal or replacement of components | |
H04N1/00E3B: | . . . [N: with detachable image reading apparatus] | |
H04N1/00E4: | . . Allowing easy access, e.g. for maintenance or in case of paper jam H04N1/00E3 takes precedence | |
H04N1/00E4B: | . . . [N: using a side opening] | |
H04N1/00E6: | . . [N: Counter-measures for mechanical vibration not otherwise provided for] | |
H04N1/00E7: | . . [N: Top covers or the like] | |
H04N1/00E7B: | . . . [N: Latches or hinges therefor] | |
H04N1/00E8: | . . [N: Connection or assembly of components or elements (H04N1/00E3 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00E9: | . . [N: Mounting or support of components or elements (H04N1/00E3 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F: | . Handling of original or reproduction media, e.g. cutting, separating, stacking | |
H04N1/00F10: | . . [N: Decurling] | |
H04N1/00F11: | . . [N: Control or synchronising different handling operations (H04N1/00F13 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F11B: | . . . [N: Control of feeding speed, e.g. fast feeding to scanning position (H04N1/00F17D takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F12: | . . [N: Apparatus in common for different handling operations (H04N1/00F2B2, H04N1/00F2D2, H04N1/00F2E, H04N1/00F2G take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F13: | . . [N: Compensating for different handling speeds of different apparatus or arrangements for handling a plurality of sheets simultaneously, e.g. mechanical buffering] | |
H04N1/00F15: | . . [N: Aligning or positioning related to handling] | |
H04N1/00F16: | . . [N: Indicating relating to handling of media] | |
H04N1/00F17: | . . [N: Details specific to handling of web-shaped media, e.g. paper or film rolls] | |
H04N1/00F17B: | . . . [N: Removing the medium from a cassette, spindle or the like] | |
H04N1/00F17C: | . . . [N: Winding or feeding the medium into a cassette or onto a spindle or the like] | |
H04N1/00F17D: | . . . [N: Controlling the amount of slack or tension control] | |
H04N1/00F17E: | . . . [N: Cutting] | |
H04N1/00F17E2: | . . . . [N: after scanning] | |
H04N1/00F2: | . . [N: Conveying sheets before or after scanning (arrangements for conveying sheets as part of the scanning operation H04N1/04 and subgroups)] | |
H04N1/00F2B: | . . . with refeeding for double-sided scanning, e.g. using one scanning head for both sides of a sheet | |
H04N1/00F2B2: | . . . . [N: Inverting the sheet prior to refeeding] | |
H04N1/00F2B2B: | . . . . . [N: using at least part of a loop, e.g. using a return loop] | |
H04N1/00F2B2C: | . . . . . [N: using at least one dead-end path, e.g. using a sheet ejection path] | |
H04N1/00F2B2D: | . . . . . [N: by rotating the sheet about an axis lying in its plane] | |
H04N1/00F2B3: | . . . . [N: Inverting the scanning elements with respect to the scanning plane prior to refeeding] | |
H04N1/00F2C: | . . . [N: to the scanning position (H04N1/00F2B, H04N1/00F2D2 take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F2D: | . . . [N: from the scanning position (H04N1/00F2B takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F2D2: | . . . . [N: along at least a part of the same path as transport to the scanning position (H04N1/00F2B2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F2E: | . . . [N: using at least a part of the apparatus in common for transporting to or from a plurality of scanning positions, e.g. for reading and printing] | |
H04N1/00F2F: | . . . [N: Using specific components (details of components related to handling thin or filamentary material B65H)] | |
H04N1/00F2F2: | . . . . [N: Feed rollers] | |
H04N1/00F2F3: | . . . . [N: Transport trays] | |
H04N1/00F2F4: | . . . . [N: Grippers or the like, e.g. suction grippers] | |
H04N1/00F2F5: | . . . . [N: Feed belts] | |
H04N1/00F2F6: | . . . . [N: Path switches (H04N1/00F2B2, H04N1/00F4B, H04N1/00F6B take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F2F7: | . . . . [N: Guiding elements, e.g. plates] | |
H04N1/00F2G: | . . . [N: Transporting curved sheets or curving sheets during transportation, e.g. for feeding to a drum-type scanner] | |
H04N1/00F4: | . . [N: Removing sheets from a stack or inputting media] | |
H04N1/00F4B: | . . . [N: Selectively inputting media from one of a plurality of input sources, e.g. input trays] | |
H04N1/00F4C: | . . . [N: Removing sheets selectively from the top or bottom of a single stack or tray] | |
H04N1/00F5: | . . [N: Separating, e.g. preventing feeding of two sheets at a time] | |
H04N1/00F6: | . . [N: Ejecting or stacking (H04N1/00F8 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F6B: | . . . [N: selectively to one of a plurality of output trays (H04N1/00F8 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00F6C: | . . . [N: Ejecting sheets selectively to the top or bottom of a single stack or tray] | |
H04N1/00F7: | . . [N: Binding, stapling, folding or perforating, e.g. punching] | |
H04N1/00F8: | . . [N: Sorting, reordering or inverting (postal sorting or sorting individual articles B07C)] | |
H04N1/00F9: | . . [N: Counting or calculating, e.g. a number of remaining sheets] | |
H04N1/00G: | . Detecting the presence, position or size of a sheet or correcting its position before scanning H04N1/047 takes precedence; mode signalling H04N1/333; skew detection or correction in image signals H04N1/387E2 | |
H04N1/00G2: | . . Object of the detection | |
H04N1/00G2B: | . . . Presence or absence | |
H04N1/00G2B2: | . . . . [N: Presence] | |
H04N1/00G2B3: | . . . . [N: Absence] | |
H04N1/00G2B4: | . . . . [N: in an input tray] | |
H04N1/00G2B5: | . . . . [N: in an output tray] | |
H04N1/00G2B6: | . . . . [N: of holder, e.g. film mount] | |
H04N1/00G2C: | . . . Position | |
H04N1/00G2C2: | . . . . at a plurality of spaced apart locations, e.g. as a sheet is fed through the apparatus | |
H04N1/00G2D: | . . . Size or dimensions | |
H04N1/00G2D2: | . . . . [N: Width] | |
H04N1/00G2D3: | . . . . [N: Length] | |
H04N1/00G2D4: | . . . . [N: Thickness] | |
H04N1/00G2E: | . . . Skew | |
H04N1/00G2F: | . . . Orientation | |
H04N1/00G2G: | . . . [N: Type of sheet, e.g. colour of paper or transparency] | |
H04N1/00G2H: | . . . [N: Other properties of the sheet, e.g. curvature or reflectivity] | |
H04N1/00G3: | . . [N: Detection means] | |
H04N1/00G3B: | . . . [N: Mechanical detectors] | |
H04N1/00G3C: | . . . [N: Optical detectors] | |
H04N1/00G3C2: | . . . . [N: using the scanning elements as detectors] | |
H04N1/00G3C2B: | . . . . . [N: using inactive scanning elements, e.g. elements outside the scanning area] | |
H04N1/00G4: | . . [N: Detection methods] | |
H04N1/00G4B: | . . . [N: Detecting the leading or trailing ends of a moving sheet] | |
H04N1/00G4C: | . . . [N: Detecting edges, e.g. of a stationary sheet] | |
H04N1/00G4D: | . . . [N: Detecting a change in reflectivity] | |
H04N1/00G4D2: | . . . . [N: of a sheet relative to a particular backgroud] | |
H04N1/00G4E: | . . . [N: Detecting an interruption of light] | |
H04N1/00G4F: | . . . [N: using a prescan] | |
H04N1/00G4G: | . . . [N: using reference marks, e.g. on sheet, sheet holder or guide] | |
H04N1/00G5: | . . [N: Action taken as a result of detection] | |
H04N1/00G5B: | . . . [N: Storing data] | |
H04N1/00G5C: | . . . [N: Comparing, e.g. with threshold] | |
H04N1/00G5D: | . . . [N: Indicating or reporting, e.g. issuing an alarm] | |
H04N1/00G5E: | . . . [N: Adjusting or controlling] | |
H04N1/00G5E2: | . . . . [N: Inhibiting, e.g. an operation] | |
H04N1/00G5E3: | . . . . [N: Adjusting settings, e.g. mode, feeding rate or type of paper] | |
H04N1/00G5E4: | . . . . [N: Initiating operations] | |
H04N1/00G6: | . . Correcting the position of a sheet before scanning | |
H04N1/00G6B: | . . . [N: using mechanical means] | |
H04N1/00G6C: | . . . [N: using guide or holder] | |
H04N1/00G6D: | . . . [N: using paper feeding mechanism, e.g. operate drive rollers at different speeds] | |
H04N1/00H: | . Reading arrangements details of scanning heads H04N1/024; scanning arrangements therefor H04N1/04 | |
H04N1/00H2: | . . [N: Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device or according to a measured quantity] | |
H04N1/00H2B: | . . . [N: according to characteristics of the original] | |
H04N1/00H2B2: | . . . . [N: Presence or absence of information] | |
H04N1/00H2B4: | . . . . [N: According to type of the original, e.g. colour paper or transparency, or reading a plurality of different types of original] | |
H04N1/00H2B5: | . . . . [N: Orientation] | |
H04N1/00H2C: | . . . [N: according to user specified instructions, e.g. user selection of reading mode] | |
H04N1/00H2D: | . . . [N: according to a detected condition or state of the reading apparatus, e.g. temperature] | |
H04N1/00H2E: | . . . [N: Determining the reading area, e.g. eliminating reading of margins] | |
H04N1/00H2F: | . . . [N: Self-calibrating reading means] | |
H04N1/00H2G: | . . . [N: Selecting or setting a particular reading mode, e.g. from amongst a plurality of modes, simplex or duplex, or high or low resolution] | |
H04N1/00H2J: | . . . [N: for displaying or indicating, e.g. a condition or state (details of displaying or indicating means H04N1/00D3)] | |
H04N1/00H4: | . . [N: Arrangements for reading an image from an unusual original, e.g. 3-dimensional objects] | |
H04N1/00K: | . [N: Arrangements for transferring signals between different components of the apparatus, e.g. arrangements of signal lines or cables (for control or supervision between image input and output device H04N1/32)] | |
H04N1/00M: | . [N: Recording use, e.g. counting number of pages copied] | |
H04N1/00N: | . [N: Detecting external or ambient light] | |
H04N1/00P: | . Preventing unauthorised reproduction | |
H04N1/00P2: | . . [N: Determining the necessity for prevention] | |
H04N1/00P2R: | . . . based on recognising a copy prohibited original, e.g. a banknote recognising characters or patterns G06K9/00; testing paper currency or similar valuable papers for genuineness G07D7/00 | |
H04N1/00P2R2: | . . . . based on detection of a dedicated indication, e.g. marks or the like | |
H04N1/00P2R3: | . . . . [N: by detecting a particular original] | |
H04N1/00P2R4: | . . . . [N: externally to or remotely from the reproduction apparatus, e.g. using a connected apparatus] | |
H04N1/00P2S: | . . . [N: Recognising an unauthorised user or user-associated action] | |
H04N1/00P3: | . . [N: Preventive measures] | |
H04N1/00P3A: | . . . [N: Issuing an alarm or the like] | |
H04N1/00P3K: | . . . [N: Retaining the original] | |
H04N1/00P3M: | . . . Modifying the reproduction, e.g. outputting a modified copy of a scanned original details of composing or otherwise geometrically modifying originals H04N1/387 | |
H04N1/00P3M2: | . . . . [N: with additional data, e.g. by adding a warning message (details of embedding additional information in an image H04N1/32C19)] | |
H04N1/00P3M2H: | . . . . . [N: with hidden additional data, e.g. data invisible to the human eye] | |
H04N1/00P3M3: | . . . . [N: by image quality reduction, e.g. distortion or blacking out] | |
H04N1/00P3P: | . . . [N:Inhibiting reproduction, e.g. by disabling reading or reproduction apparatus] | |
H04N1/00P3R: | . . . [N: Recording information, e.g. details of the job] | |
H04N1/00P4: | . . [N: Detecting or preventing tampering attacks on the reproduction system] | |
H04N1/00P5: | . . [N: Auto-copy-preventive originals, i.e. originals that are designed not to allow faithful reproduction] | |
H04N1/00Q: | . Power supply means, e.g arrangements for the control of power supply to the apparatus or components thereof | |
H04N1/00Q2: | . . [N: Control thereof] | |
H04N1/00Q2B: | . . . [N: Switching on or off, e.g. for saving power when not in use (H04N1/00Q2D takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00Q2C: | . . . [N: using a back-up supply, e.g. in case of main-supply failure] | |
H04N1/00Q2D: | . . . [N: using a low-power mode, e.g. standby] | |
H04N1/00Q3: | . . [N: Detection of supply level or supply failure] | |
H04N1/00Q4: | . . Using different supplies or connection to an external supply H04N1/00Q2C, H04N1/00Q2D take precedence | |
H04N1/00Q5: | . . [N: Arrangements for supplying power to different circuits or for supplying power at different levels (H04N1/00Q2D takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00Q6: | . . [N: Details of supply connection, e.g. arrangement of power cables (H04N1/00Q4 and H04N1/00Q5 take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00S: | . [N: Cleaning arrangements or preventing or counter-acting contamination from dust or the like (cleaning in general, prevention of fouling in general B08B)] | |
H04N1/00V: | . [N: Arrangements for controlling a still picture apparatus or components thereof not otherwise provided for] | |
H04N1/00V1: | . . [N: Assigning priority to, or interrupting, a particular operation] | |
H04N1/00V10: | . . [N: Compiling jobs, e.g. for batch processing (H04N1/32B8 takes precedence; program code compilation G06F8/41)] | |
H04N1/00V11: | . . [N: Simultaneous or quasi-simultaneous functioning of a plurality of operations (H04N1/32J6 takes precedence; multiprogramming arrangements of computers G06F9/46)] | |
H04N1/00V1R: | . . . [N: Resuming after an intentional interruption, e.g. resetting parameters] | |
H04N1/00V1S: | . . . [N: Assigning priority according to size job or task, e.g. small jobs first] | |
H04N1/00V1V: | . . . [N: Variably assigning priority (H04N1/00V1S takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/00V2: | . . [N: Inhibiting an operation] | |
H04N1/00V3: | . . [N: Initialisation or control of normal start-up or shut-down, i.e. non failure or error related] | |
H04N1/00V4: | . . [N: Synchronising different operations or sub-apparatus, e.g. controlling on-times taking into account different warm-up times] | |
H04N1/00V5: | . . [N: Timing control or synchronising (H04N1/00V3, H04N1/00V4, H04N1/00V9 and H04N1/00V11 take precedence)] | |
H04N1/00V6: | . . [N: Skipping a function or process step] | |
H04N1/00V7: | . . [N: Software related arrangements, e.g. loading applications (program loading in general G06F9/445)] | |
H04N1/00V7D: | . . . [N: Interaction of different applications (H04N1/00V7W takes precedence; multiprogramming arrangements of computers G06F9/46)] | |
H04N1/00V7H: | . . . [N: using hot folders, i.e. folders or directories which trigger an action when written to or accessed] | |
H04N1/00V7H2: | . . . . [N: Details of actions associated with a hot folder] | |
H04N1/00V7W: | . . . [N: Combining applications, e.g. to create workflows (allocation of computer machine resources considering the execution order of a plurality of tasks G06F9/50A6E)] | |
H04N1/00V8: | . . [N: Using a plurality of control devices, e.g. for different functions] | |
H04N1/00V9: | . . [N: Scheduling operations or managing resources (H04N1/00V11 takes precedence; program initiating or switching G06F9/48; allocation of computer resources G06F9/50)] | |
H04N1/00W: | . Input arrangements for operating instructions or parameters, e.g. updating internal software program loading in general G06F9/445; network-specific protocols involving the movement of software or configuration parameters H04L67/34 | |
H04N1/00W1: | . . [N: using a plug-in memory module, e.g. memory card, memory stick] | |
H04N1/00W2: | . . [N: by scanning marks on a sheet (mark-sheet input means H04N1/00D2B; sensing record carriers G06K7/00)] | |
H04N1/00W3: | . . [N: Storage of instructions or parameters, e.g. customised instructions or different parameters for different user IDs] | |
H04N1/00W4: | . . [N: from a remote device, e.g. receiving via the internet instructions input to a computer terminal] | |
H04N1/00X: | . [N: Arrangements for regulating environment, e.g. removing static electricity] | |
H04N1/00X2: | . . [N: Temperature control] | |
H04N1/00X2F: | . . . [N: by forced convection, e.g. using fans] | |
H04N1/00X2F3: | . . . . [N: using fins or the like] | |
H04N1/00X2H: | . . . [N: Heating] | |
H04N1/00X2N: | . . . [N: by natural convection, e.g. using fins without a fan] | |
H04N1/00X3: | . . [N: Humidity control, e.g. removing condensation] | |
H04N1/00X4: | . . [N: Compensating for electric noise, e.g. electromagnetic interference] | |
H04N1/00X5: | . . [N: Light control, e.g. shielding from ambient light or preventing light leakage] | |
H04N1/21D: | . . with storage of additional information signals | |
H04N1/21D2: | . . . of sound signals | |
H04N1/024: | . Details of scanning heads; Means for illuminating the original circuit details thereof H04N1/40 | |
H04N1/024A: | . . [N: Focusing, i.e. adjusting the focus of the scanning head] | |
H04N1/024B: | . . [N: for picture information pick up and reproduction] | |
H04N1/024B1: | . . . [N: in different planes] | |
H04N1/024B1B: | . . . . [N: using a single head selectively and alternately arranged to scan in the different planes] | |
H04N1/024B2: | . . . [N: in the same plane] | |
H04N1/024B3: | . . . [N: using interchangeable heads] | |
H04N1/024B4: | . . . [N: using heads mounted on the same support or substrate] | |
H04N1/024B5: | . . . [N: using a single head, i.e. for pick up and reproduction (H04N1/024B1B takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/024E: | . . [N: Arrangements for positioning elements within a head (H04N1/024A takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/024F: | . . [N: Arrangements for mounting or supporting elements within a scanning head (H04N1/024E takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/028: | . . for picture information pick-up | |
H04N1/028A: | . . . [N: with photodetectors arranged in a two-dimensional array] | |
H04N1/028C: | . . . with means for collecting light from a line or an area of the original and for guiding it to only one or a relatively low number of picture element detectors light-guides per se G02B6/00 | |
H04N1/028E: | . . . Means for illuminating the original, not specific to a particular type of pick-up head | |
H04N1/028E2: | . . . . [N: Using a single or a few point light sources, e.g. a laser diode] | |
H04N1/028E2A: | . . . . . [N: in combination with at least one reflector which is fixed in relation to the light source (H04N1/028E2C and H04N1/028E2D take precedence)] | |
H04N1/028E2B: | . . . . . [N: in combination with a light deflecting element, e.g. a rotating mirror] | |
H04N1/028E2C: | . . . . . [N: in combination with a light guide, e.g. optical fibre, glass plate (light-guides per se G02B6/00)] | |
H04N1/028E2D: | . . . . . [N: in combination with a light integrating, concentrating or diffusing cavity] | |
H04N1/028E3: | . . . . [N: using an elongated light source, e.g. tubular lamp, LED array] | |
H04N1/028E3B: | . . . . . [N: in combination with at least one reflector which is in fixed relation to the light source] | |
H04N1/028E3C: | . . . . . [N: in combination with a light guide, e.g. optical fibre, glass plate (light-guides per se G02B6/00)] | |
H04N1/028E3D: | . . . . . [N: in combination with a light integrating, concentrating or defusing cavity] | |
H04N1/028E3F: | . . . . . [N: using an array of light sources or a combination of such arrays, e.g. an LED bar] | |
H04N1/028E3G: | . . . . . [N: using a tubular lamp or a combination of such lamps] | |
H04N1/028E3G2: | . . . . . . [N: comprising a reflective coating] | |
H04N1/028E4: | . . . . [N: using a two-dimensional light source, e.g. two-dimensional LED array] | |
H04N1/028E5: | . . . . [N: Means for compensating spatially uneven illumination, e.g. an aperture arrangement] | |
H04N1/028E5B: | . . . . . [N: Light diffusing elements, e.g. plates or filters (optical diffusing elements per se G02B5/02)] | |
H04N1/028E6: | . . . . Additional elements in the illumination means or cooperating with the illumination means, e.g. filters H04N1/028E5 takes precedence; optical elements other than lenses per se G02B5/00 | |
H04N1/029: | . . . Heads optically focused on only one picture element at a time H04N1/028C takes precedence | |
H04N1/03: | . . . with photodetectors arranged in a substantially linear array | |
H04N1/031: | . . . . the photodetectors having a one-to-one and optically positive correspondence with the scanned picture elements, e.g. linear contact sensors | |
H04N1/031A: | . . . . . using an array of elements to project the scanned image elements onto the photodetectors H04N1/031E takes precedence | |
H04N1/031A2: | . . . . . . using an array of optical fibres or rod-lenses | |
H04N1/031B: | . . . . . Direct contact pick-up heads, i.e. heads having no array of elements to project the scanned image elements onto the photodectors | |
H04N1/031C: | . . . . . using photodetectors and illumination means mounted in the same plane on a common support or substrate | |
H04N1/031D: | . . . . . using photodetectors and illumination means mounted on separate supports or substrates or mounted in different planes | |
H04N1/031D2: | . . . . . . [N: illuminating the scanned image elements through the plane of the photodetector, e.g. back-light illumination] | |
H04N1/031D3: | . . . . . . [N: detecting the scanned image elements through the plane of the illumination means] | |
H04N1/031E: | . . . . . Integral pick-up heads, i.e. self-contained heads whose basic elements are a light-source, a lens array and a photodetector array which are supported by a single-piece frame | |
H04N1/032: | . . for picture information reproduction | |
H04N1/032C: | . . . Heads moving to and away from the reproducing medium, e.g. for pressure sensitive reproducing | |
H04N1/032D: | . . . Magnetic heads | |
H04N1/034: | . . . using ink, e.g. ink-jet heads H04N1/032C takes precedence | |
H04N1/036: | . . . for optical reproduction | |
H04N1/03B: | . . . . using a bent optical path between the scanned line and the photodetector array, e.g. a folded optical path | |
H04N1/03B2: | . . . . . [N: with the scanned line and the photodetector array lying in non-parallel planes] | |
H04N1/03B3: | . . . . . [N: with multiple folds of the optical path] | |
H04N1/03C: | . . . . using a plurality of optical elements arrayed in the main scan direction, e.g. an array of lenses | |
H04N1/03D: | . . . . characterised by the design of the photodetectors, e.g. shape | |
H04N1/04: | . Scanning arrangements, i.e. arrangements for the displacement of active reading or reproducing elements relative to the original or reproducing medium, or vice versa | |
H04N1/047: | . . Detection, control or error compensation of scanning velocity or position | |
H04N1/047B: | . . . in subscanning direction, e.g. picture start or line-to-line synchronisation | |
H04N1/047F: | . . . [N: Indicating the scanning velocity] | |
H04N1/04D: | . . Scanning different formats; Scanning with different densities of dots per unit length, e.g. different numbers of dots per inch (dpi); Conversion of scanning standards H04N1/00C7B takes precedence; picture signal circuits for modification of image resolution H04N1/393M, H04N1/40M | |
H04N1/04D2: | . . . [N: Different formats, e.g. A3 and A4] | |
H04N1/04D3: | . . . [N: Different densities of dots per unit length] | |
H04N1/04D3B: | . . . . [N: in the main scanning direction] | |
H04N1/04D3C: | . . . . [N: in the sub scanning direction] | |
H04N1/04D4: | . . . [N: Conversion of standards] | |
H04N1/04D7: | . . . [N: Details of the method used] | |
H04N1/04D7B: | . . . . [N: Switching between or selecting from a plurality of optical paths] | |
H04N1/04D7C: | . . . . [N: using different sized scanning elements, e.g. reproducing different sized dots] | |
H04N1/04D7D: | . . . . [N: Varying the size of apertures] | |
H04N1/04D7E: | . . . . [N: Varying the magnification of a single lens group] | |
H04N1/04D7F: | . . . . [N: Optical element switching, e.g. switching lenses into a single optical path] | |
H04N1/04D7G: | . . . . [N: Tilting an array with respect to the main or sub scanning direction] | |
H04N1/04D7H: | . . . . [N: Tilting an optical element, e.g. a refractive plate (H04N1/04D7B takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/04D7J: | . . . . [N: Varying the scanning velocity or position] | |
H04N1/04D7K: | . . . . [N: Varying the modulation time or intensity] | |
H04N1/04D7L: | . . . . [N: using different sets of scanning elements, e.g. for different formats] | |
H04N1/04D7L2: | . . . . . [N: mounted on the same support or substrate] | |
H04N1/04D7M: | . . . . [N: using a single set of scanning elements, e.g. the whole of and a part of an array respectively for different formats] | |
H04N1/04D7M2: | . . . . . [N: using different portions of the scanning elements for different formats or densities of dots] | |
H04N1/04E: | . . (deleted; content transferred to H04N1/04 and s.gr.) [D0711] | |
H04N1/04F: | . . part of the apparatus being used in common for reading and reproducing simultaneous scanning of the original picture and the reproduced picture with a common scanning device H04N1/207 | |
H04N1/04G: | . . capable of performing non-simultaneous scanning at more than one scanning station | |
H04N1/04G2: | . . . [N: the different stations being used for transmissive and reflective originals] | |
H04N1/053: | . . . in main scanning direction, e.g. synchronisation of line start or picture elements in a line | |
H04N1/06: | . . using cylindrical picture-bearing surfaces, i.e. scanning a main-scanning line substantially perpendicular to the axis and lying in a curved cylindrical surface for feeding a sheet in the subscanning direction by rotation about its axis only H04N1/12 | |
H04N1/06C: | . . . Scanning a concave surface, e.g. with internal drum type scanners H04N1/06D takes precedence | |
H04N1/06C1: | . . . . [N: with main-scanning by rotation of the picture-bearing surface] | |
H04N1/06C2: | . . . . [N: using a picture-bearing surface stationary in the main-scanning direction] | |
H04N1/06C2B: | . . . . . [N: using several scanning heads circumferentially spaced from one another and circumferentially aligned, e.g. mounted on a rotating disk] | |
H04N1/06C2C: | . . . . . [N: using oscillating or rotating mirrors] | |
H04N1/06C2D: | . . . . . [N: Scanners capable of scanning the total circumference of a closed cylinder] | |
H04N1/06C2E: | . . . . . [N: using rotating prisms] | |
H04N1/06D: | . . . Scanning a transparent surface, e.g. reading a transparency original | |
H04N1/06E: | . . . [N: with sub-scanning by translational movement of the picture-bearing surface] | |
H04N1/06F: | . . . [N: with sub-scanning by translational movement of the main-scanning components] | |
H04N1/06F3: | . . . . [N: using a lead-screw or worm] | |
H04N1/06F4: | . . . . [N: using a belt or cable] | |
H04N1/06G: | . . . [N: Details of the cylindrical surface (for mounting or holding the sheet H04N1/08)] | |
H04N1/08: | . . . Mechanisms for mounting or holding the sheet around the drum | |
H04N1/08B: | . . . . [N: Holding methods] | |
H04N1/08B1: | . . . . . [N: Holding corners of the sheet] | |
H04N1/08B2: | . . . . . [N: Holding sides of the sheet which are substantially parallel to the drum axis] | |
H04N1/08B3: | . . . . . [N: Holding sides of the sheet which are substantially perpendicular to the drum axis] | |
H04N1/08B4: | . . . . . [N: Holding substantially the whole of the sheet, e.g. with a retaining sheet] | |
H04N1/08B5: | . . . . . [N: Holding or supporting the sheet in the vicinity of the scanning element] | |
H04N1/08C: | . . . . [N: Holding means] | |
H04N1/08C1: | . . . . . [N: Flexible holding means, e.g. envelopes or sheaths] | |
H04N1/08C10: | . . . . . [N: for holding a sheet adjacent an aperture on an opaque drum] | |
H04N1/08C2: | . . . . . [N: Mechanical clamps, i.e. means for holding the sheet against the drum by mechanical force] | |
H04N1/08C3: | . . . . . [N: Pins or the like] | |
H04N1/08C4: | . . . . . [N: Magnetic means] | |
H04N1/08C5: | . . . . . [N: Adhesive means] | |
H04N1/08C6: | . . . . . [N: Suction or vacuum means] | |
H04N1/08C6B: | . . . . . . [N: using grooves] | |
H04N1/08C7: | . . . . . [N: Single holding means holding both ends of a sheet] | |
H04N1/08C8: | . . . . . [N: capable of holding different sized sheets] | |
H04N1/08C9: | . . . . . [N: for holding the sheet on the internal surface of the drum] | |
H04N1/08D: | . . . . [N: Registering or guiding means other than the holding means] | |
H04N1/08E: | . . . . [N: Mounting the sheet from a roll] | |
H04N1/08F: | . . . . [N: Detecting failure of the holding, e.g. by detecting a loose sheet] | |
H04N1/08G: | . . . . [N: Means other than holding means for removing the sheet form the drum] | |
H04N1/10: | . . using flat picture-bearing surfaces H04N1/113, H04N1/195 take precedence; arrangements for the main-scanning H04N1/12 | |
H04N1/107: | . . . with manual scanning | |
H04N1/107A: | . . . . using a folded light path | |
H04N1/107B: | . . . . Means for guiding the scanning, e.g. rules H04N1/107E takes precedence | |
H04N1/107C: | . . . . Apparatus incorporating a hardcopy reproducing device, e.g. a printer, not working directly by manual scanning | |
H04N1/107D: | . . . . Arrangements for facilitating holding of the scanner, e.g. shapes, grips | |
H04N1/107E: | . . . . Arrangements for facilitating movement over the scanned medium, e.g. disposition of rollers | |
H04N1/107F: | . . . . by moving the scanned medium | |
H04N1/10B: | . . . using two-dimensional electrical scanning, e.g. cathode-ray tubes using two-dimensional arrays H04N1/195 | |
H04N1/10E: | . . . with sub-scanning by translatory movement of the picture-bearing surface | |
H04N1/10F: | . . . with sub-scanning by translatory movement of at least a part of the main-scanning components H04N1/107 takes precedence | |
H04N1/10F2: | . . . . the main-scanning components remaining positionally invariant with respect to one another in the sub-scanning direction | |
H04N1/10F3: | . . . . [N: using a lead screw or worm] | |
H04N1/10F4: | . . . . [N: using a belt or cable] | |
H04N1/10F5: | . . . . [N: by engaging a rail] | |
H04N1/10F6: | . . . . [N: by other means, e.g. linear motor or hydraulic system] | |
H04N1/10F9: | . . . . [N: Movement of the main scanning components] | |
H04N1/10F9B: | . . . . . [N: of a sensor array] | |
H04N1/10F9C: | . . . . . [N: of a lens or lens arrangement] | |
H04N1/10F9D: | . . . . . [N: of a mirror] | |
H04N1/10F9D2: | . . . . . . [N: of two or more separate mirror arrangements] | |
H04N1/10T: | . . . [N: Details relating to flat picture-bearing surfaces, e.g. transparent platen] | |
H04N1/10T2: | . . . . [N: Support or mounting of the flat picture-bearing surface] | |
H04N1/113: | . . using oscillating or rotating mirrors | |
H04N1/113B: | . . . for the main-scan only | |
H04N1/12: | . . using the sheet-feed movement or the medium-advance or the drum-rotation movement as the slow scanning component, e.g. arrangements for the main-scanning | |
H04N1/12C: | . . . using a device, e.g. an optical fibre bundle, converting rectilinear scanning into circular line scanning or vice versa | |
H04N1/12D: | . . . Feeding arrangements transporting sheets to or from the scanning position H04N1/00F2; control or error compensation of sub-scanning velocity H04N1/047B | |
H04N1/12D2: | . . . . Feeding using one or more cylindrical platens or rollers in the immediate vicinity of the main scanning line | |
H04N1/12D3: | . . . . [N: using a feed belt (feed belts for transporting to or from the scanning position H04N1/00F2F5)] | |
H04N1/12D6: | . . . . [N: Means for maintaining contact between the sheet and the image sensor, e.g. pressing means] | |
H04N1/12D7: | . . . . [N: Using a dedicated sheet guide element] | |
H04N1/12D8: | . . . . [N: Feeding a sheet past a transparent plate; Details thereof] | |
H04N1/12D8B: | . . . . . [N: Plate shape] | |
H04N1/12D8C: | . . . . . [N: Arrangements for mounting or holding the plate] | |
H04N1/12D9: | . . . . [N: the sheet feeding apparatus serving an auxiliary function, e.g. as a white reference] | |
H04N1/12F: | . . . [N: Electronic copy boards] | |
H04N1/12K: | . . . [N: Arrangements for the main scanning] | |
H04N1/12K2: | . . . . [N: using a holographic scanning element] | |
H04N1/12K3: | . . . . [N: using a cathode ray tube or the like] | |
H04N1/12K4: | . . . . [N: using a solid-state deflector, e.g. an acousto-optic deflector or a semiconductor waveguide device] | |
H04N1/12K5: | . . . . [N: using a scanning head arranged for linear reciprocating motion] | |
H04N1/12K6: | . . . . [N: using apertures arranged in a spiral] | |
H04N1/12K7: | . . . . [N: using an element rotating or oscillating about an axis not covered by any other group or code] | |
H04N1/12K8: | . . . . [N: using an optical guide, e.g. a fibre-optic bundle between the scanned line and the scanning elements] | |
H04N1/14: | . . . using a rotating endless belt carrying the scanning heads or at least a part of the main scanning components | |
H04N1/16: | . . . using a rotating helical element | |
H04N1/17: | . . the scanning speed being dependent on content of picture | |
H04N1/19: | . . using multi-element arrays | |
H04N1/191: | . . . the array comprising a one-dimensional array, or a combination of one-dimensional arrays, or a substantially one-dimensional array, e.g. an array of staggered elements | |
H04N1/191B: | . . . . Simultaneously or substantially simultaneously scanning picture elements on more than one main scanning line, e.g. scanning in swaths | |
H04N1/191B1: | . . . . . Scanning main scanning lines which are spaced apart from one another in the sub-scanning direction | |
H04N1/191B5: | . . . . . Scanning adjacent picture elements in different scans of the array, e.g. in complementary checkerboard patterns | |
H04N1/191B5D: | . . . . . . [N: with subscan displacement of the array between successive scans] | |
H04N1/191B8: | . . . . . using an array of elements displaced from one another in the main scan direction, e.g. a diagonally arranged array | |
H04N1/191B8B: | . . . . . . [N: Staggered element array, e.g. arrays with elements arranged in a zigzag] | |
H04N1/191B9: | . . . . . Combination of arrays | |
H04N1/192: | . . . . Simultaneously or substantially simultaneously scanning picture elements on one main scanning line details of the sub-scanning H04N1/10, H04N1/12 | |
H04N1/193: | . . . . . using electrically scanned linear arrays, e.g. linear CCD arrays | |
H04N1/193B: | . . . . . . with scanning elements electrically interconnected in groups | |
H04N1/193P: | . . . . . . [N: using an array of elements displaced from one another in the sub scan direction, e.g. a diagonally arranged array] | |
H04N1/193P2: | . . . . . . . [N: Staggered element arrays, e.g. arrays with elements arranged in a zigzag] | |
H04N1/193Q: | . . . . . . [N: Combination of arrays] | |
H04N1/193R: | . . . . . . [N: Optical means for mapping the whole or part of a scanned line onto the array] | |
H04N1/193R2: | . . . . . . . [N: using a light guide, e.g. an optical fibre bundle or array] | |
H04N1/193R3: | . . . . . . . [N: using a reflecting element, e.g. a mirror or a prism] | |
H04N1/193S: | . . . . . . [N: Details of the electrical scanning] | |
H04N1/195: | . . . the array comprising a two-dimensional array or a combination of two-dimensional arrays | |
H04N1/195B: | . . . . Scanning picture elements spaced apart from one another in at least one direction | |
H04N1/195B1: | . . . . . in one direction | |
H04N1/195B2: | . . . . . in two directions | |
H04N1/195B4: | . . . . . Arrangements for moving the elements of the array relative to the scanned image or vice versa | |
H04N1/195B4B: | . . . . . . [N: Optical means] | |
H04N1/195B4B2: | . . . . . . . [N: Reflecting elements] | |
H04N1/195B4B3: | . . . . . . . [N: Refracting elements] | |
H04N1/195B4B4: | . . . . . . . [N: Fibre bundles] | |
H04N1/195B4B5: | . . . . . . . [N: Apertures] | |
H04N1/195B4B6: | . . . . . . . [N: Rotation of optical elements] | |
H04N1/195B4B6B: | . . . . . . . . [N: about an axis parallel to the optical axis] | |
H04N1/195B4B6C: | . . . . . . . . [N: about an axis perpendicular to the optical axis] | |
H04N1/195B4C: | . . . . . . [N: Displacing the array] | |
H04N1/195B4D: | . . . . . . [N: Displacing the scanned image] | |
H04N1/195B4H: | . . . . . . [N: Hybrid systems, i.e. systems combining more than one arrangement for moving the elements of the array relative to the scanned image or vice versa] | |
H04N1/195Q: | . . . . Combination of arrays | |
H04N1/195R: | . . . . Optical means, e.g. an optical fibre bundle, for mapping the whole or a part of a scanned image onto the array | |
H04N1/195S: | . . . . using a television camera or a still video camera | |
H04N1/19A: | . . . [N: Arrangements for enabling electronic abutment of lines or areas independently scanned by different elements of an array or by different arrays] | |
H04N1/19S: | . . . [N: Arrangements for performing substitution scanning for a defective element] | |
H04N1/203: | . . Simultaneous scanning of two or more separate pictures, e.g. two sides of the same sheet refeeding a sheet for double-sided scanning H04N1/00F2B | |
H04N1/203P: | . . . [N: of two pictures corresponding to two sides of a single medium (refeeding a sheet for double-sided scanning H04N1/00F2B)] | |
H04N1/203P2: | . . . . [N: at identical corresponding positions, i.e. without time delay between the two image signals] | |
H04N1/203Q: | . . . [N: of a plurality of pictures corresponding to a single side of a plurality of media] | |
H04N1/203Q2: | . . . . [N: lying in the same plane] | |
H04N1/207: | . . Simultaneous scanning of the original picture and the reproduced picture with a common scanning device | |
H04N1/21: | . Intermediate information storage | |
H04N1/21B: | . . for one or a few pictures | |
H04N1/21B2: | . . . for one picture only | |
H04N1/21B3: | . . . [N: using still video cameras] | |
H04N1/21B3B: | . . . . [N: Picture signal recording combined with imagewise recording, e.g. photographic recording (photographic cameras G03B19/00)] | |
H04N1/21B3C: | . . . . [N: Motion video recording combined with still video recording (television signal recording H04N5/76)] | |
H04N1/21B3D: | . . . . [N: Display of information relating to the still picture recording] | |
H04N1/21B3E: | . . . . [N: Recording in, or reproducing from, a specific memory area or areas, or recording or reproducing at a specific moment] | |
H04N1/21B3E3: | . . . . . [N: Recording or reproducing at a specific moment, e.g. time interval or time-lapse] | |
H04N1/21B3F: | . . . . [N: with temporary storage before final recording, e.g. in a frame buffer] | |
H04N1/21B3F2: | . . . . . [N: in a multi-frame buffer] | |
H04N1/21B3F2S: | . . . . . . [N: of a sequence of images for selection of a single frame before final recording, e.g. from a continuous sequence captured before and after shutter-release] | |
H04N1/21B3G: | . . . . [N: Recording a sequence of still pictures, e.g. burst mode] | |
H04N1/21B3H: | . . . . [N: the still video camera incorporating a hardcopy reproducing device, e.g. a printer] | |
H04N1/21B7: | . . . [N: using a detachable storage unit] | |
H04N1/21B8: | . . . [N: using a non electronic storage unit, e.g. by recording marks on a sheet] | |
H04N1/21C: | . . for mass storage, e.g. in document filing systems information retrieval G06F17/30 | |
H04N1/21C2: | . . . Interfaces allowing access to a single user | |
H04N1/21C2B: | . . . . with local image input | |
H04N1/21C3: | . . . Interfaces allowing access to a plurality of users, e.g. connection to electronic image libraries | |
H04N1/21C3Q: | . . . . [N: the stored images being distributed among a plurality of different locations, e.g. among a plurality of users] | |
H04N1/21C3R: | . . . . [N: with image input from a plurality of different locations or from a non-central location, e.g. from one or more users] | |
H04N1/21C3S: | . . . . [N: for simultaneous, independent access by a plurality of different users] | |
H04N1/21C9: | . . . [N: with temporary storage before final recording or on play-back, e.g. in a frame buffer] | |
H04N1/23: | . Reproducing arrangements perforating or marking objects by electrical discharge B26F1/28 | |
H04N1/23B: | . . Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device, according to a measured quantity H04N1/27, H04N1/29 take precedence | |
H04N1/23B1: | . . . [N: according to characteristics of the reproducing apparatus, e.g. capability] | |
H04N1/23B10: | . . . [N: for fitting data onto a particular reproducing medium without modifying the image data] | |
H04N1/23B11: | . . . [N: for displaying or indicating, e.g. a condition or state (details of displaying or indicating means H04N1/00D3)] | |
H04N1/23B2: | . . . [N: according to characteristics of the reproducing medium, e.g. type, size or availability] | |
H04N1/23B3: | . . . [N: according to characteristics of the data to be reproduced, e.g. number of lines] | |
H04N1/23B4: | . . . [N: according to user specified instructions, e.g. user selection of reproduction mode] | |
H04N1/23B5: | . . . [N: according to a detected condition or state of the reproducing device, e.g. temperature or ink quantity] | |
H04N1/23B6: | . . . [N: Selecting a particular reproducing medium from amongst a plurality of media or from a particular tray, e.g. paper or transparency] | |
H04N1/23B7: | . . . [N: Selecting a particular reproducing device from amongst a plurality of devices, e.g. high or low resolution devices] | |
H04N1/23B8: | . . . [N: Selecting a particular reproducing mode from amongst a plurality of modes, e.g. paper saving or normal, or simplex or duplex] | |
H04N1/23B9: | . . . [N: Inhibiting or interrupting a particular operation or device (preventing unauthorised reproduction H04N1/00P)] | |
H04N1/27: | . . involving production of a magnetic intermediate picture | |
H04N1/29: | . . involving production of an electrostatic intermediate picture | |
H04N1/29B: | . . . Circuits or arrangements for the control thereof, e.g. using a programmed control device, according to a measured quantity | |
H04N1/31: | . . Mechanical arrangements for picture transmission, e.g. adaptation of clutches, gearing, gear transmissions contains no documents | |
H04N1/32: | . Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device H04N1/38, H04N1/387 take precedence | |
H04N1/327: | . . Initiating, continuing or ending a single-mode communication; Handshaking therefor H04N1/32L2 takes precedence | |
H04N1/327B: | . . . using digital control signals H04N1/327C, H04N1/32L2, H04N1/327F4 take precedence | |
H04N1/327C: | . . . Establishing a communication with one of a facsimile and another telecommunication apparatus sharing a single line | |
H04N1/327C2: | . . . . Type of the other apparatus | |
H04N1/327C2B: | . . . . . [N: Telephone] | |
H04N1/327C2C: | . . . . . [N: Telephone answering machine] | |
H04N1/327C2D: | . . . . . Data transmission device, e.g. switched network of teleprinters for the distribution of text-based information transceiver | |
H04N1/327C3: | . . . . Detecting | |
H04N1/327C3A: | . . . . . [N: a calling tone, e.g. CI] | |
H04N1/327C3B: | . . . . . [N: a facsimile calling signal, e.g. CNG] | |
H04N1/327C3C: | . . . . . [N: facsimile protocol signals, e.g. DCS or TSI] | |
H04N1/327C3D: | . . . . . [N: speech signals] | |
H04N1/327C3E: | . . . . . [N: signals other than facsimile protocol signals, e.g. DTMF signals] | |
H04N1/327C3F: | . . . . . [N: an off-hook condition] | |
H04N1/327C3G: | . . . . . [N: a loop current] | |
H04N1/327C3H: | . . . . . [N: within a predetermined time] | |
H04N1/327C3J: | . . . . . [N: Maintaining the detecting operation after an apparatus has been connected to the line] | |
H04N1/327C3K: | . . . . . [N: a state or mode of the facsimile apparatus (H04N1/327C3F takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/327C4: | . . . . Generating signals | |
H04N1/327C4B: | . . . . . [N: Generating ringing or calling signals or tones] | |
H04N1/327C4C: | . . . . . [N: Generating ring-back signals or tones] | |
H04N1/327C4D: | . . . . . [N: Generating messages, indications or warnings locally] | |
H04N1/327C5: | . . . . Controlling the connection of the apparatus | |
H04N1/327C5B: | . . . . . [N: Giving priority to one of the apparatus] | |
H04N1/327C5C: | . . . . . [N: Manual connection of one of the apparatus other than by putting a telephone off-hook] | |
H04N1/327C5D: | . . . . . [N: Automatically connecting another apparatus when a first one has finished] | |
H04N1/327C5E: | . . . . . [N: Inhibiting connection of another apparatus when a first one is connected] | |
H04N1/327C6: | . . . . Sending a voice message other than from a telephone answering machine | |
H04N1/327C7: | . . . . Ring suppression | |
H04N1/327C8: | . . . . Supplying power to the apparatus | |
H04N1/327F: | . . . Initiating a communication | |
H04N1/327F2: | . . . . in response to a user operation, e.g. actuating a switch H04N1/327F3 and H04N1/327F4 take precedence | |
H04N1/327F3: | . . . . in response to detection of an original | |
H04N1/327F4: | . . . . in response to a request, e.g. for a particular document | |
H04N1/327F4C: | . . . . . [N: to capture an image, e.g. at a location or event remote from the requester] | |
H04N1/327F4D: | . . . . . [N: using an interactive, user-operated device, e.g. a computer terminal, mobile telephone (H04N1/327F4T, H04N1/327F4V take precedence)] | |
H04N1/327F4M: | . . . . . [N: using a mark-sheet or machine-readable code request] | |
H04N1/327F4P: | . . . . . [N: using a protocol or handshaking signal, e.g. non-standard set-up [NSS]] | |
H04N1/327F4T: | . . . . . [N: using a tone- or pulse-coded request] | |
H04N1/327F4V: | . . . . . [N: using a voice request] | |
H04N1/327G: | . . . [N: Ending a communication (H04N1/32L2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/327H: | . . . [N: Details of handshaking (H04N1/327P, H04N1/327R and H04N1/327S take precedence)] | |
H04N1/327H2: | . . . . [N: Arrangements for reducing the handshaking procedure or protocol time] | |
H04N1/327P: | . . . [N: Controlling a receiver or transmitter non-communication function in response to a communication control signal] | |
H04N1/327R: | . . . [N: Arrangements for keeping the communication line open] | |
H04N1/327S: | . . . Systems adapted to communicate over more than one channel, e.g. via ISDN changing transmission mode according to type of channel H04N1/333D3D; multichannel or multilink communication protocols H04L69/14 | |
H04N1/32A: | . . Automation of particular receiver jobs, e.g. rejecting unwanted calls requesting a communication from a transmitter H04N1/327E; with picture signal storage for forwarding messages H04N1/32F | |
H04N1/32A2: | . . . [N: Rejecting unwanted calls] | |
H04N1/32A3: | . . . [N: according to the caller's identification, e.g. fax number (H04N1/32A2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32A4: | . . . [N: according to the type of received information] | |
H04N1/32A5: | . . . [N: Changing the receiver mode of operation, e.g. paper reception to memory reception or vice versa (H04N1/32L8D takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32A6: | . . . [N: Polling of transmitters] | |
H04N1/32B: | . . Automation of particular transmitter jobs, e.g. multi-address calling, auto-dialing | |
H04N1/32B10: | . . . [N: according to the called number] | |
H04N1/32B11: | . . . [N: Checking the destination, e.g. correspondence of manual input with stored destination] | |
H04N1/32B2: | . . . with reading of job-marks on a page | |
H04N1/32B3: | . . . [N: Auto-dialling or Auto-calling (H04N1/32B4 to H04N1/32B7 take precedence)] | |
H04N1/32B4: | . . . [N: Delayed transmission, e.g. to make use of reduced connection rates (H04N1/32B7 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32B5: | . . . [N: Abbreviated dialing, e.g. one-touch dialing] | |
H04N1/32B6: | . . . [N: Multi-address calling] | |
H04N1/32B6B: | . . . . [N: simultaneously to a plurality of destinations, e.g. multi-casting] | |
H04N1/32B7: | . . . [N: Redialing, e.g. after failure to make a connection] | |
H04N1/32B8: | . . . [N: Transmitting a plurality of separate messages to a common destination in a single transmission] | |
H04N1/32B9: | . . . [N: Automation of other tasks, e.g. repetitive execution or sequencing] | |
H04N1/32C: | . . Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title | |
H04N1/32C15: | . . . separate from the image data, e.g. in a different computer file | |
H04N1/32C15B: | . . . . in a separate computer file, document page or paper sheet, e.g. a fax cover sheet H04N1/32C15D takes precedence | |
H04N1/32C15C: | . . . . in a separate transmission or protocol signal prior to or subsequent to the image data transmission, e.g. in digital identification signal (DIS), in non standard setup (NSS) or in non standard field (NSF) for mode signalling H04N1/333 | |
H04N1/32C15D: | . . . . in a separate device, e.g. in a memory or on a display separate from image data | |
H04N1/32C17: | . . . attached to the image data, e.g. file header, transmitted message header, information on the same page or in the same computer file as the image for information embedded in the image H04N1/32C19 | |
H04N1/32C17B: | . . . . on the same paper sheet, e.g. a facsimile page header | |
H04N1/32C17B2: | . . . . . in an electronic device attached to the sheet, e.g. in an RFID tag | |
H04N1/32C19: | . . . embedded in the image data, i.e. enclosed or integrated in the image, e.g. watermark, super-imposed logo or stamp | |
H04N1/32C19B: | . . . . [N: Methods relating to embedding, encoding, decoding, detection or retrieval operations] | |
H04N1/32C19B10: | . . . . . [N: Fragile embedding or watermarking] | |
H04N1/32C19B11: | . . . . . [N: Informed embedding, i.e. the original image being known for the encoding or decoding method] | |
H04N1/32C19B12: | . . . . . [N: Blind embedding, i.e. the original image not being known beforehand] | |
H04N1/32C19B13: | . . . . . [N: Reversible embedding, i.e. lossless, invertible, erasable, removable or distorsion-free embedding] | |
H04N1/32C19B2: | . . . . . [N: Transform domain methods (H04N1/32C19B7 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32C19B2B: | . . . . . . [N: using Fourier transforms] | |
H04N1/32C19B2C: | . . . . . . [N: using cosine transforms] | |
H04N1/32C19B2D: | . . . . . . [N: using wavelet transforms] | |
H04N1/32C19B2E: | . . . . . . [N: using Walsh, Hadamard or Walsh-Hadamard transforms] | |
H04N1/32C19B2F: | . . . . . . [N: using Karhunen-Loeve transforms] | |
H04N1/32C19B2S: | . . . . . . [N: with selective or adaptive application of the additional information, e.g. in selected frequency coefficients] | |
H04N1/32C19B2S2: | . . . . . . . [N: according to calculated or estimated visibility of the additional information in the image] | |
H04N1/32C19B2S3: | . . . . . . . [N: according to the spatial domain characteristics of the transform domain components] | |
H04N1/32C19B3: | . . . . . [N: Spatial or amplitude domain methods (H04N1/32C19B7 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32C19B3B: | . . . . . . [N: involving changing the magnitude of selected pixels, e.g. overlay of information or super-imposition (H04N1/32C19B3C, H04N1/32C19B3D take precedence)] | |
H04N1/32C19B3B3: | . . . . . . . [N: Modulating the least significant bits of pixels] | |
H04N1/32C19B3C: | . . . . . . [N: involving changing the position of selected pixels, e.g. word shifting, or involving modulating the size of image components, e.g. of characters (H04N1/32C19B3D takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32C19B3D: | . . . . . . [N: Replacing pixels of an image with other pixels from the same image, e.g. texture block coding] | |
H04N1/32C19B3E: | . . . . . . [N: with selective or adaptive application of the additional information, e.g. in selected regions of the image (H04N1/32C19B3B3 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32C19B3E2: | . . . . . . . [N: in highly textured regions] | |
H04N1/32C19B3E3: | . . . . . . . [N: in edge regions] | |
H04N1/32C19B3E4: | . . . . . . . [N: Random or pseudorandom selection of pixels] | |
H04N1/32C19B3G: | . . . . . . [N: in multilevel data, e.g. greyscale or continuous tone data] | |
H04N1/32C19B3H: | . . . . . . [N: in halftone data] | |
H04N1/32C19B3J: | . . . . . . [N: in binary data (H04N1/32C19B3H takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32C19B4: | . . . . . [N: combined with processing of the image] | |
H04N1/32C19B4B: | . . . . . . [N: Encryption or ciphering] | |
H04N1/32C19B4C: | . . . . . . [N: Compression] | |
H04N1/32C19B4D: | . . . . . . [N: Hashing] | |
H04N1/32C19B6: | . . . . . [N: Multiple embedding, e.g. cocktail embedding, or redundant embedding, e.g. repeating the additional information at a plurality of locations in the image] | |
H04N1/32C19B6B: | . . . . . . [N: Repeating the additional information in a regular pattern] | |
H04N1/32C19B6C: | . . . . . . [N: using more than one embedding method] | |
H04N1/32C19B6D: | . . . . . . [N: Embedding different sets of additional information] | |
H04N1/32C19B7: | . . . . . [N: in colour image data] | |
H04N1/32C19B8: | . . . . . [N: Selecting a particular method from amongst a plurality of methods] | |
H04N1/32C19B9: | . . . . . [N: Robust embedding or watermarking] | |
H04N1/32C19B9B: | . . . . . . [N: the embedded data being visible] | |
H04N1/32C19C: | . . . . [N: Controlling detectability or arrangements to facilitate detection or retrieval of the embedded information, e.g. using markers (for decoding, detection or retrieval operations H04N1/32C19B and subgroups take precedence)] | |
H04N1/32F: | . . using picture signal storage, e.g. at transmitter H04N1/17 takes precedence | |
H04N1/32F1: | . . . at the transmitter or at the receiver | |
H04N1/32F10: | . . . Storage for making a plurality of copies or reproductions | |
H04N1/32F11: | . . . [N: alternate storage in and retrieval from two parallel memories, e.g. using ping-pong buffers] | |
H04N1/32F1B: | . . . . Functions of a still picture terminal memory associated with transmission | |
H04N1/32F1B2: | . . . . . [N: Storage subsequent to an attempted transmission] | |
H04N1/32F1C: | . . . . Functions of a still picture terminal memory associated with reception | |
H04N1/32F1C2: | . . . . . [N: Storage subsequent to an attempted output at the receiver, e.g. in case of printer malfunction] | |
H04N1/32F1C3: | . . . . . [N: Forwarding image data, e.g. to an absent recipient] | |
H04N1/32F1C4: | . . . . . [N: Informing an absent addressee of receipt] | |
H04N1/32F2: | . . . intermediate the transmitter and receiver terminals, e.g. at an exchange | |
H04N1/32F2R: | . . . . [N: in connection with routing or relaying, e.g. using a fax-server or a store-and-forward facility (stored and forward data switching systems H04L12/54)] | |
H04N1/32F2R2: | . . . . . [N: Handling instructions for routing or relaying] | |
H04N1/32F2R2B: | . . . . . . [N: Storage of instructions or retrieval of prestored instructions] | |
H04N1/32F2R2C: | . . . . . . [N: Reprocessing messages, e.g. in case the intended destination is busy] | |
H04N1/32F2R3: | . . . . . [N: Optimising routing, e.g. for minimum cost] | |
H04N1/32F2S: | . . . . [N: in a particular memory file for retrieval by the user, e.g. in a facsimile mailbox] | |
H04N1/32F2S2: | . . . . . [N: Informing the addressee of reception] | |
H04N1/32F6: | . . . [N: with asynchronous operation of the image input and output devices connected to the memory] | |
H04N1/32F6B: | . . . . [N: Controlling data flow to or from the memory in relation to the available memory capacity] | |
H04N1/32F6D: | . . . . [N: Controlling data flow to or from the memory in relation to the amount of data, e.g. file size] | |
H04N1/32F7: | . . . [N: for changing the arrangement of the stored data] | |
H04N1/32F7B: | . . . . [N: Changing the arrangement of pages or documents, e.g. for producing pages to be bound] | |
H04N1/32F7C: | . . . . [N: Changing the arrangement of data in a page, e.g. reversing the order to produce a mirror image] | |
H04N1/32F7D: | . . . . [N: Changing the format of the data, e.g. parallel to serial or vice versa] | |
H04N1/32F8: | . . . Storage of at least a part of one of two image bearing sides of a single sheet, e.g. for two sided copying | |
H04N1/32H: | . . Changing the task performed, e.g. reading and transmitting, receiving and reproducing, copying facsimile mode changing H04N1/333 | |
H04N1/32J: | . . in systems having a plurality of input or output devices | |
H04N1/32J3: | . . . [N: a plurality of input devices] | |
H04N1/32J3B: | . . . . [N: of different type, e.g. internal and external devices] | |
H04N1/32J3B2: | . . . . . [N: details of interfacing] | |
H04N1/32J4: | . . . [N: a plurality of output devices] | |
H04N1/32J4B: | . . . . [N: of different type, e.g. internal and external devices] | |
H04N1/32J4B2: | . . . . . [N: details of interfacing] | |
H04N1/32J4C: | . . . . [N: Detecting or indicating the status of the output devices] | |
H04N1/32J6: | . . . [N: Distributing a job or task among a plurality of input devices or a plurality of output devices] | |
H04N1/32J6B: | . . . . [N: Hybrid jobs, i.e. performing different parts of the same job on different devices, e.g. colour and B/W pages on different devices] | |
H04N1/32J6C: | . . . . [N: Large jobs, i.e. performing identical parts of the same job on different devices] | |
H04N1/32K: | . . using a programmed control device, e.g. a microprocessor | |
H04N1/32K2: | . . . at the transmitter or at the receiver | |
H04N1/32K7: | . . . [N: Details of system components] | |
H04N1/32K7B: | . . . . [N: Input interface] | |
H04N1/32K7C: | . . . . [N: Output interface] | |
H04N1/32K7D: | . . . . [N: Controller] | |
H04N1/32K8: | . . . [N: Using a plurality of controllers, e.g. for controlling different interfaces] | |
H04N1/32K9: | . . . [N: Bus based systems] | |
H04N1/32K9M: | . . . . [N: Multi-bus systems] | |
H04N1/32L: | . . Fault detection or counter-measures, e.g. original mis-positioned, shortage of paper | |
H04N1/32L2: | . . . related to a single-mode communication, e.g. at the transmitter or at the receiver | |
H04N1/32L2B: | . . . . with retransmission retransmission after changing the mode H04N1/333C | |
H04N1/32L7: | . . . [N: Fault detection] | |
H04N1/32L7A: | . . . . [N: of reading apparatus or transmitter, e.g. original jam] | |
H04N1/32L7B: | . . . . [N: of reproducing apparatus or receiver, e.g. out of paper] | |
H04N1/32L7C: | . . . . [N: of transmission or transmitted data, e.g. interruption or wrong number of pages] | |
H04N1/32L8: | . . . [N: Counter-measures (inhibiting an operation H04N1/00V2, interrupting an operation H04N1/00V1)] | |
H04N1/32L8B: | . . . . [N: Indicating or reporting (details of user-machine interface H04N1/00D)] | |
H04N1/32L8B1: | . . . . . [N: locally] | |
H04N1/32L8B2: | . . . . . [N: remotely, e.g. to the transmitter from the receiver] | |
H04N1/32L8C: | . . . . [N: Restarting a communication or performing a recovery operation] | |
H04N1/32L8D: | . . . . [N: Adjusting or controlling an operating mode, e.g. from paper reception to memory reception (H04N1/32L8E takes precedence; Inhibiting an operation H04N1/00V2)] | |
H04N1/32L8E: | . . . . [N: Performing substitution, e.g. substitute reception or substituting a corrupted line of data (H04N1/32F1C2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/32L8F: | . . . . [N: Preventive counter-measures, e.g. using redundant hardware, or anticipating a fault (arrangements for keeping a communication line open H04N1/327R)] | |
H04N1/32L8F2: | . . . . . [N: Involving the use of error correction codes] | |
H04N1/32L8G: | . . . . [N: Storing a fault condition in memory] | |
H04N1/333: | . . Mode signalling or mode changing; Handshaking therefor | |
H04N1/333B: | . . . prior to start of transmission, input or output of the picture signal only | |
H04N1/333B2: | . . . . reading or reproducing mode only, e.g. sheet size, resolution | |
H04N1/333B3: | . . . . transmission mode only, e.g. speed | |
H04N1/333C: | . . . during transmission, input or output of the picture signal; within a single document or page | |
H04N1/333G: | . . . [N: adapting to particular facsimile group, e.g. G3] | |
H04N1/333P: | . . . [N: adapting to a particular standardised protocol] | |
H04N1/333Q: | . . . [N: according to the available bandwidth used for a single communication, e.g. the number of ISDN channels used] | |
H04N1/333R: | . . . [N: according to characteristics or the state of the communication line (H04N1/333Q and H04N1/333B3T take precedence)] | |
H04N1/333S: | . . . [N: Storage of mode or retrieval of prestored mode] | |
H04N1/333T: | . . . [N: according to characteristics or state of one of the communicating parties, e.g. available memory capacity] | |
H04N1/333T2: | . . . . [N: according to transient characteristics or state] | |
H04N1/333Y: | . . . [N: Details of handshaking] | |
H04N1/34: | . . for coin-freed systems; pay systems telephonic metering H04M15/00, coin-freed or like apparatus per se G07F | |
H04N1/34C: | . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on content, e.g. charging for access to a particular document] | |
H04N1/34F: | . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on type of function or service used, e.g. copying, faxing] | |
H04N1/34N: | . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on a number representative of the service used, e.g. number of operations or copies produced] | |
H04N1/34T: | . . . [N: Accounting or charging based on time or day] | |
H04N1/36: | . . for synchronising or phasing transmitter and receiver | |
H04N1/38: | . Circuits or arrangements for blanking or otherwise eliminating unwanted parts of pictures | |
H04N1/387: | . Composing, repositioning or otherwise geometrically modifying originals | |
H04N1/387B: | . . the composed originals being of different kinds, e.g. low- and high-resolution originals | |
H04N1/387C: | . . Repositioning or masking | |
H04N1/387C2: | . . . defined only by a limited number of coordinate points or parameters, e.g. corners, centre; for trimming | |
H04N1/387C2B: | . . . . combined with enlarging or reducing enlarging or reducing per se H04N1/393 | |
H04N1/387D: | . . Recombination of partial images to recreate the original image | |
H04N1/387E: | . . Image rotation | |
H04N1/387E2: | . . . Skew detection or correction | |
H04N1/393: | . . Enlarging or reducing | |
H04N1/393M: | . . . with modification of image resolution, i.e. determining the values of picture elements at new relative positions | |
H04N1/40: | . Picture signal circuits | |
H04N1/401: | . . Compensating positionally unequal response of the pick-up or reproducing head | |
H04N1/401B: | . . . of the reproducing head | |
H04N1/403: | . . Discrimination between the two tones in the picture signal of a two-tone original | |
H04N1/405: | . . Halftoning, i.e. converting the picture signal of a continuous-tone original into a corresponding signal showing only two levels | |
H04N1/405B: | . . . producing a dispersed dots halftone pattern, the dots having substantially the same size different sizes H04N1/405C4 | |
H04N1/405B2: | . . . . by error diffusion, i.e. transferring the binarising error to neighbouring dot decisions | |
H04N1/405B2B: | . . . . . with threshold modulated relative to input image data or vice-versa | |
H04N1/405C: | . . . producing a clustered dots or a size modulated halftone pattern | |
H04N1/405C2: | . . . . the pattern varying in one dimension only, e.g. dash length, pulse width modulation (PWM) | |
H04N1/405C4: | . . . . the pattern being a mixture of differently sized sub-patterns, e.g. spots having only a few different diameters multi-toning H04N1/40Q | |
H04N1/405C6: | . . . . with details for producing a halftone screen at an oblique angle H04N1/405C2 takes precedence | |
H04N1/407: | . . Control or modification of tonal gradation or of extreme levels, e.g. background level | |
H04N1/407B: | . . . dependent on the contents of the original | |
H04N1/407B2: | . . . . using histograms | |
H04N1/407C: | . . . dependent on references outside the picture | |
H04N1/407C2: | . . . . using gradational references, e.g. grey-scale test pattern analysis | |
H04N1/409: | . . Edge or detail enhancement; Noise or error suppression | |
H04N1/409B: | . . . Edge or detail enhancement | |
H04N1/409C: | . . . Correction of errors due to scanning a two-sided document, i.e. show-through correction | |
H04N1/409D: | . . . Removing errors due external factors, e.g. dust, scratches | |
H04N1/40A: | . . [N: Compensating for the effects of ageing, i.e. changes over time] | |
H04N1/40B: | . . Conversion of colour to monochrome | |
H04N1/40F: | . . Halftoning, i.e. converting the picture signal of a continuous-tone original into a corresponding signal showing only two levels | |
H04N1/40J: | . . Circuits exciting or modulating particular heads for reproducing continuous tone value scales H04N1/401, H04N1/407 take precedence | |
H04N1/40J2: | . . . for a plurality of reproducing elements simultaneously | |
H04N1/40J3: | . . . the reproducing element being a laser | |
H04N1/40J8: | . . . [N: using more than one type of modulation, e.g. pulse width modulation and amplitude modulation] | |
H04N1/40J9: | . . . [N: with regulating circuits, e.g. dependent upon ambient temperature or feedback control] | |
H04N1/40K: | . . Circuits for driving or energising particular reading heads or original illumination means H04N1/401, H04N1/407 take precedence | |
H04N1/40L: | . . Discrimination between different image types, e.g. two-tone, continuous tone | |
H04N1/40M: | . . Modification of image resolution, i.e. determining the values of picture elements at new relative positions H04N1/393M takes precedence | |
H04N1/40N: | . . Descreening, i.e. converting a halftone signal into a corresponding continuous-tone signal; Rescreening, i.e. combined descreening and halftoning | |
H04N1/40P: | . . Soft dot halftoning, i.e. producing halftone dots with gradual edges | |
H04N1/40Q: | . . Multi-toning, i.e. converting a continuous-tone signal for reproduction with more than two discrete brightnesses or optical densities, e.g. dots of grey and black inks on white paper | |
H04N1/40S: | . . Modification of content of picture, e.g. retouching geometric modifications H04N1/387 | |
H04N1/41: | . Bandwidth or redundancy reduction (by scanning H04N1/17; [N: H04N7/26 takes precedence; for data acquisition G06F17/40; coding for image data processing in general G06T9/00; data compression in general H03M7/30]) | |
H04N1/411: | . . for the transmission or storage or reproduction of two-tone pictures, e.g. black and white pictures | |
H04N1/411B: | . . . involving the recognition of specific patterns, e.g. by symbol matching | |
H04N1/413: | . . . Systems or arrangements allowing the picture to be reproduced without loss or modification of picture-information | |
H04N1/413B: | . . . . in which a baseband signal showing more than two values or a continuously varying baseband signal is transmitted or recorded | |
H04N1/415: | . . . . in which the picture-elements are subdivided or grouped into fixed one-dimensional or two-dimensional blocks | |
H04N1/417: | . . . . using predictive or differential encoding | |
H04N1/417B: | . . . . . Progressive encoding, i.e. by decomposition into high and low resolution components | |
H04N1/417C: | . . . . . involving the encoding of tone transitions with respect to tone transitions in a reference line | |
H04N1/417D: | . . . . . encoding document change data, e.g. form drop out data | |
H04N1/419: | . . . . in which encoding of the length of a succession of picture-elements of the same value along a scanning line is the only encoding step H04N1/413B to H04N1/417 take precedence | |
H04N1/41B: | . . for halftone screened pictures | |
H04N1/42: | . Systems for two-way working e.g. conference systems H04N1/32 takes precedence | |
H04N1/44: | . Secrecy systems | |
H04N1/44A: | . . [N: Restricting access, e.g. according to user identity (mechanisms actuated y cards, PIN or the like in apparatus for dispensing G07F7/08)] | |
H04N1/44A2: | . . . [N: involving the use of passwords, ID codes or the like, e.g. PIN] | |
H04N1/44A3: | . . . [N: using a biometric data reading device] | |
H04N1/44A5: | . . . [N: involving separate means, e.g. a server, a magnetic card] | |
H04N1/44A7: | . . . [N: to an apparatus, part of an apparatus or an apparatus function] | |
H04N1/44A8: | . . . [N: to a particular document or image or part thereof] | |
H04N1/44H: | . . [N: Hiding of documents or document information] | |
H04N1/44H2: | . . . [N: Covering, i.e. concealing from above, or folding] | |
H04N1/44H3: | . . . [N: Enclosing, i.e. retaining in an enclosure, or locking up] | |
H04N1/44H4: | . . . [N: Enveloping, wrapping, or sealing, i.e. keeping the document closed] | |
H04N1/44H5: | . . . Destruction, e.g. shredding of documents | |
H04N1/44S: | . . [N: Rendering the image unintelligible, e.g. scrambling] | |
H04N1/44S2: | . . . [N: using digital data encryption] | |
H04N1/44S5: | . . . [N: Subsequently rendering the image intelligible using a co-operating image, mask or the like] | |
H04N1/46: | . Colour picture communication systems colorimetry G01J3/46 | |
H04N1/46B: | . . Conversion of monochrome to colour | |
H04N1/48: | . . Picture signal generators | |
H04N1/48B: | . . . using the same detector device sequentially for different colour components | |
H04N1/48B2: | . . . . with sequential colour illumination of the original | |
H04N1/48C: | . . . with separate detectors, each detector being used for one specific colour component | |
H04N1/48C2: | . . . . using beam-splitters | |
H04N1/50: | . . Picture reproducers | |
H04N1/50B: | . . . Reproducing the colour component signals dot-sequentially or simultaneously in a single or in adjacent picture-element positions | |
H04N1/50C: | . . . Reproducing the colour component signals line-sequentially | |
H04N1/50D: | . . . Reproducing the colour component signals picture-sequentially, e.g. with reproducing heads spaced apart from one another in the subscanning direction | |
H04N1/50D2: | . . . . using the same reproducing head for two or more colour components | |
H04N1/52: | . . Circuits or arrangements for halftone screening | |
H04N1/54: | . . Conversion of colour picture signals to a plurality of signals some of which represent particular mixed colours, e.g. for textile printing | |
H04N1/56: | . . Processing of colour picture signals | |
H04N1/58: | . . . Edge or detail enhancement; Noise or error suppression, e.g. colour misregistration correction | |
H04N1/60: | . . . Colour correction or control H04N1/54 takes precedence | |
H04N1/60A: | . . . . [N: Corrections within particular colour systems] | |
H04N1/60A2: | . . . . . [N: with luminance or chrominance signals, e.g. LC1C2, HSL or YUV] | |
H04N1/60A3: | . . . . . [N: with primary colour signals, e.g. RGB or CMY(K)] | |
H04N1/60B: | . . . . [N: with simulation on a subsidiary picture reproducer ] | |
H04N1/60B2: | . . . . . by simulating several colour corrected versions of the same image simultaneously on the same picture reproducer | |
H04N1/60D: | . . . . Conversion to subtractive colour signals | |
H04N1/60D2: | . . . . . using look-up tables H04N1/60D3B takes precedence | |
H04N1/60D3: | . . . . . Generating a fourth subtractive colour signal, e.g. under colour removal, black masking | |
H04N1/60D3B: | . . . . . . using look-up tables | |
H04N1/60E: | . . . . Correction or control of colour gradation or colour contrast H04N1/60G takes precedence | |
H04N1/60F: | . . . . controlled by characteristics of the picture signal generator or the picture reproducer | |
H04N1/60F2: | . . . . . using test pattern analysis H04N1/60F3B takes precedence | |
H04N1/60F2B: | . . . . . . [N: involving periodic tests or tests during use of the machine] | |
H04N1/60F2C: | . . . . . . [N: for controlling interaction among colorants] | |
H04N1/60F2D: | . . . . . . [N: for controlling uniformity of color across image area] | |
H04N1/60F2E: | . . . . . . [N: involving a sensor integrated in the machine or otherwise specifically adapted to read the test pattern] | |
H04N1/60F2F: | . . . . . . [N: wherein the test pattern is part of an arbitrary user image] | |
H04N1/60F2G: | . . . . . . [N: for controlling ink amount, strike-through, bleeding soakage or the like] | |
H04N1/60F3: | . . . . . Matching two or more picture signal generators or two or more picture reproducers | |
H04N1/60F3B: | . . . . . . using test pattern analysis | |
H04N1/60G: | . . . . Reduction of colour to a range of reproducible colours, e.g. to ink- reproducible colour gamut | |
H04N1/60G2: | . . . . . [N: involving the consideration or construction of a gamut surface] | |
H04N1/60G3: | . . . . . [N: dependent on the contents of the image to be reproduced] | |
H04N1/60G3B: | . . . . . . [N: dependent on the gamut of the image to be reproduced] | |
H04N1/60G3C: | . . . . . . [N: spatially varying within the image] | |
H04N1/60J: | . . . . adapting to different types of images, e.g. characters, graphs, black and white image portions | |
H04N1/60K: | . . . . Corrections to the hue | |
H04N1/60L: | . . . . Colour balance, e.g. colour cast correction | |
H04N1/60L2: | . . . . . within the L, C1, C2 colour signals | |
H04N1/60R: | . . . . controlled by factors external to the apparatus | |
H04N1/60R2: | . . . . . by scene illuminant, i.e. conditions at the time of picture capture, e.g. flash, optical filter used, evening, cloud, daylight, artificial lighting, white point measurement, colour temperature | |
H04N1/60R3: | . . . . . by viewing conditions, i.e. conditions at picture output | |
H04N1/60R4: | . . . . . [N: by environmental factors, e.g. temperature or humidity (H04N1/60R2, H04N1/60R3 take precedence)] | |
H04N1/60S: | . . . . depending on characteristics of the input medium, e.g. film type, newspaper | |
H04N1/60T: | . . . . [N: depending on the characteristics of the output medium, e.g. glossy paper, matt paper, transparency or fabrics] | |
H04N1/62: | . . . . Retouching, i.e. modification of isolated colours only or in isolated picture areas only | |
H04N1/62B: | . . . . . with simulation on a subsidiary picture reproducer | |
H04N1/62C: | . . . . . [N: Red-eye correction (control of camera based on recognised facial parts H04N5/232H)] | |
H04N1/62D: | . . . . . [N: Detection of non-electronic marks, e.g. fluorescent markers] | |
H04N1/62E: | . . . . . [N: Memory colours, e.g. skin or sky] | |
H04N1/64: | . . Systems for the transmission or the storage of the colour picture signal; Details therefor, e.g. coding or decoding means therefor [N: (H04N7/26 takes precedence)] | |
H04N1/64B: | . . . Adapting to different types of images, e.g. characters, graphs, black and white image portions | |
H04N1/64C: | . . . using a reduced set of representative colours, e.g. each representing a particular range in a colour space | |
H04N1/64D: | . . . Transmitting or storing colour television type signals, e.g. PAL, Lab; Their conversion into additive or subtractive colour signals or vice versa therefor H04N1/64B, H04N1/64C take precedence | |
H04N1/64E: | . . . Transmitting or storing the primary (additive or subtractive) colour signals; Compression thereof H04N1/64B to H04N1/64D take precedence | |
H04N3/00: | Scanning details of television systems | |
H04N3/02: | . by optical-mechanical means only | |
H04N3/04: | . . having a moving aperture also apertures covered by lenses | |
H04N3/06: | . . having a moving lens or other refractor | |
H04N3/08: | . . having a moving reflector | |
H04N3/09: | . . . for electromagnetic radiation in the invisible region, e.g. infra-red | |
H04N3/10: | . by means not exclusively optical-mechanical | |
H04N3/12: | . . by switched stationary formation of lamps, photocells or light relays | |
H04N3/12C: | . . . using cathode rays, e.g. multivision | |
H04N3/12G: | . . . using gas discharges, e.g. plasma | |
H04N3/12L: | . . . using liquid crystals | |
H04N3/14: | . . by means of electrically scanned solid-state devices | |
H04N3/15: | . . . for picture signal generation | |
H04N3/15C: | . . . . with addressing of the image-sensor elements H04N3/15F takes precedence | |
H04N3/15C4: | . . . . . for MOS image-sensors, e.g. MOS-CCD H04N3/15G takes precedence | |
H04N3/15C6: | . . . . . using charge injection within the image-sensor | |
H04N3/15D: | . . . . with charge transfer within the image-sensor, e.g. time delay and integration H04N3/15F takes precedence | |
H04N3/15D2: | . . . . . using frame-interline transfer | |
H04N3/15D4: | . . . . . using interline transfer | |
H04N3/15D6: | . . . . . using frame transfer | |
H04N3/15E: | . . . . Control of the image-sensor operation, e.g. image processing within the image-sensor | |
H04N3/15E2: | . . . . . for variable integration time | |
H04N3/15E4: | . . . . . for selective scanning, e.g. windowing, zooming | |
H04N3/15E6: | . . . . . for disturbance correction or prevention within the image-sensor, e.g. biasing, blooming, smearing correction circuits H04N5/217S2 | |
H04N3/15F: | . . . . Picture signal readout register, e.g. shift registers, interline shift registers | |
H04N3/15G: | . . . . using linear image-sensor time delay and integration H04N3/15D | |
H04N3/15H: | . . . . the image being sequentially picked-up by one device at different imaging positions, e.g. by shifting the image-sensor | |
H04N3/15J: | . . . . the image being simultaneously picked-up by more than one device, e.g. the scene being partitioned into subimages | |
H04N3/16: | . . by deflecting electron beam in cathode-ray tube also scanning corrections for scanning and focusing devices H01J; cathode ray oscillographs G01R13/20 | |
H04N3/18: | . . . Generation of supply voltages, in combination with electron beam deflecting | |
H04N3/185: | . . . Maintaining dc voltage constant | |
H04N3/185P: | . . . . using regulation in parallel | |
H04N3/185S: | . . . . using regulation in series | |
H04N3/19: | . . . . Arrangements or assemblies in supply circuits for the purpose of withstanding high voltages | |
H04N3/20: | . . . Prevention of damage to cathode-ray tubes in the event of failure of scanning | |
H04N3/22: | . . . Circuits for controlling dimension, shape or centering of picture on screen | |
H04N3/223: | . . . . Controlling dimensions | |
H04N3/227: | . . . . Centering | |
H04N3/23: | . . . . Distortion correction, e.g. for pincushion distortion correction, S-correction | |
H04N3/233: | . . . . . using active elements | |
H04N3/233C: | . . . . . . with calculating means | |
H04N3/237: | . . . . . using passive elements, e.g. diodes | |
H04N3/24: | . . . Blanking circuits | |
H04N3/26: | . . . Modifications of scanning arrangements to improve focusing | |
H04N3/27: | . . . Circuits special to multi-standard receivers | |
H04N3/28: | . . producing multiple scanning, i.e. using more than one spot at the same time | |
H04N3/30: | . . otherwise than with constant velocity or otherwise than in pattern formed by unidirectional, straight, substantially horizontal or vertical lines | |
H04N3/32: | . . . Velocity varied in dependence upon picture information | |
H04N3/34: | . . . Elemental scanning area oscillated rapidly in direction transverse to main scanning direction | |
H04N3/36: | . Scanning of motion picture films, e.g. for telecine | |
H04N3/38: | . . with continuously moving film | |
H04N3/40: | . . with intermittently moving film | |
H04N3/40B: | . . . with film moving only during the field blanking interval | |
H04N5/00: | Details of television systems (scanning details or combination thereof with generation of supply voltages H04N 3/00; specially adapted for colour television H04N 9/00; servers specially adapted for the distribution of content H04N 21/20; client devices specially adapted for the reception of or interaction with content H04N 21/40 ) | |
H04N5/00M: | . Multimedia set-top circuitry for digital video services[N9804] | |
H04N5/00M10: | . . involving digital storage medium interfacing[N9804] | |
H04N5/00M2: | . . Downstream channel decoding therefor[N9804] | |
H04N5/00M4: | . . involving conditional access[N9804] | |
H04N5/00M6: | . . Transport demultiplexing therefor[N9804] | |
H04N5/00M8: | . . Operative control therefor[N9804] | |
H04N5/00N: | . Multimedia server circuitry for digital video services[N9906] | |
H04N5/04: | . Synchronising | |
H04N5/44B: | . . I.F. amplifier-circuits as far as concerned for B&W-TV (R.F. amplifiers in general H03F3/189) | |
H04N5/44F: | . . for frame-grabbing | |
H04N5/44P: | . . for progressive scanning | |
H04N5/44S: | . . for flicker reduction | |
H04N5/44V: | . . for progressive scanning[N0812] | |
H04N5/44W: | . . for displaying different aspect ratios (by electron beam deflectionH04N3/16) | |
H04N5/05: | . . Synchronising circuits with arrangements for extending range of synchronisation, e.g. by using switching between several time constants | |
H04N5/06: | . . Generation of synchronising signals | |
H04N5/067: | . . . Arrangements or circuits at the transmitter end | |
H04N5/067B: | . . . . for mixing the synchronising signals with the picture signal or mutually electrical gates H03K17/00 | |
H04N5/073: | . . . . for mutually locking plural sources of synchronising signals, e.g. studios or relay stations | |
H04N5/073B: | . . . . . for distributing synchronisation pulses to different TV cameras | |
H04N5/073C: | . . . . . using digital storage buffer techniques | |
H04N5/08: | . . Separation of synchronising signals from picture signals | |
H04N5/10: | . . . Separation of line synchronising signal from frame synchronising signal or vice-versa | |
H04N5/12: | . . Devices in which the synchronising signals are only operative if a phase difference occurs between synchronising and synchronised scanning devices, e.g. flywheel synchronising | |
H04N5/12B: | . . . whereby the synchronisation signal directly commands a frequency generator | |
H04N5/12C: | . . . whereby the synchronisation signal indirectly commands a frequency generator | |
H04N5/14: | . Picture signal circuitry for video frequency region | |
H04N5/14B: | . . Beam current control means | |
H04N5/14E: | . . Edging; Contouring | |
H04N5/14M: | . . Movement detection for video coding H04N7/36D; analysis of motion in general G06T7/20 | |
H04N5/14M2: | . . . Movement estimation for video coding H04N7/26M | |
H04N5/14S: | . . Scene change detection | |
H04N5/14V: | . . Video amplifiers amplifiers in general H03F | |
H04N5/16: | . . Circuitry for reinsertion of dc and slowly varying components of signal; Circuitry for preservation of black or white level | |
H04N5/16B: | . . . to maintain the black level constant | |
H04N5/18: | . . . by means of "clamp" circuit operated by switching circuit | |
H04N5/18B: | . . . . for the black level | |
H04N5/20: | . . Circuitry for controlling amplitude response | |
H04N5/202: | . . . Gamma control | |
H04N5/205: | . . . for correcting amplitude versus frequency characteristic | |
H04N5/208: | . . . . for compensating for attenuation of high frequency components, e.g. crispening, aperture distortion correction | |
H04N5/21: | . . Circuitry for suppressing or minimising disturbance, e.g. moirè, halo, even if the automatic gain control is involved | |
H04N5/213: | . . . Circuitry for suppressing or minimising impulsive noise | |
H04N5/217: | . . . in picture signal generation in cameras comprising an electronic image sensor, e.g. digital cameras, TV cameras, video cameras, camcorders, webcams, to be embedded in other devices, e.g. in mobile phones, computers or vehicles (noise reduction or noise suppression involving solid-state image sensors H04N 5/357) | |
H04N5/217D: | . . . . Dust removal e.g. from surfaces of image sensor or processing of the image signal output by the electronic image sensor | |
H04N5/217S: | . . . . in solid-state picture signal generation | |
H04N5/217S2: | . . . . . Suppression of excedentary charges, e.g. blooming, smearing within the image sensor H04N3/15E2, H04N3/15E6 | |
H04N5/217S3: | . . . . . Correction or equalization of amplitude response, e.g. dark current, blemishes, non-uniformity | |
H04N5/217S3B: | . . . . . . by initial calibration, e.g. with memory means | |
H04N5/21A: | . . . Ghost signal cancellation H04N5/217 takes precedence | |
H04N5/222: | . Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment; Cameras comprising an electronic image sensor, e.g. digital cameras, video cameras, TV cameras, video cameras, camcorders, webcams, camera modules for embedding in other devices e.g. mobile phones, computers or vehicles | |
H04N5/222P: | . . Prompting | |
H04N5/222S: | . . related to virtual studio applications | |
H04N5/222S1: | . . . Determination of depth image, e.g. for foreground/background separation determining depth by image analysis in general G06T7/00R; segmentation by image analysis in general G06T7/00S | |
H04N5/222V: | . . Video assist systems used in motion picture production, e.g. video cameras connected to viewfinders of motion picture cameras or related video signal processing | |
H04N5/225: | . . Television cameras; Cameras comprising an electronic image sensor, e.g. digital cameras, video cameras, video cameras, camcorders, webcams, camera modules for embedding in other devices e.g. mobile phones, computers or vehicles optical systems G02B; associated working of recording or reproducing apparatus with TV camera or receiver in which the television signal is not significantly involved G11B31/00C; tubes H01J | |
H04N5/225C: | . . . Constructional details arrangement comprising a plurality of cameras H04N5/247; stereoscopic cameras having a single image sensor H04N13/002A1 | |
H04N5/225C2: | . . . . Housings | |
H04N5/225C3: | . . . . Mounting of pick-up device, electronic image sensor, deviation or focusing coils | |
H04N5/225C4: | . . . . Mounting of optical parts, e.g. lenses, shutters, filters; optical parts peculiar to the presence of use of an electronic image sensor | |
H04N5/225L: | . . . provided with illuminating means | |
H04N5/225M: | . . . Mechanical and electrical details of cameras or camera modules for embedding in other devices mounting structure in mobile phone see H04M1/02A14C; optical details G03B | |
H04N5/225P: | . . . Cameras using two or more image sensors, e.g. a CMOS sensor for video and a CCD for still image cameras having one image sensor for each colour H04N9/04B, H04N9/09 | |
H04N5/225V: | . . . Means for changing the camera field of view without moving the camera body, e.g. nutating or panning optics or image-sensors picture signal generation using shifting image-sensors H04N5/349; varying magnification e.g. angle of view for cameras using only optical means G03B | |
H04N5/228: | . . . Circuit details for pick-up tubes | |
H04N5/228B: | . . . . Beam current control | |
H04N5/228B2: | . . . . . during retrace periods, e.g. circuits for ACT tubes, leg suppression | |
H04N5/232: | . . . Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control; Control of cameras comprising an electronic image sensor, e.g. digital cameras, video cameras, TV cameras, video cameras, camcorders, webcams, camera modules for embedding in e.g. mobile phones, computers or vehicles | |
H04N5/232C: | . . . . Remote control signaling for cameras or for parts of camera, e.g. between main body and part of camera distributing sync-signals to television cameras H04N5/073B | |
H04N5/232C1: | . . . . . [N. using a network, e.g. internet] | |
H04N5/232C2: | . . . . . for interchangeable parts of camera involving control signals based on electric image signals provided by an electronic image sensor interchangeably mounting lenses on cameras not involving a control signal based on electric image signals provided by a main electronic image sensor G03B17/14 | |
H04N5/232F: | . . . . Focusing based on image signal provided by the electronic image sensor generation of focusing signals in general G02B7/28 | |
H04N5/232G: | . . . . Control of parameters e.g. field/angle of view of camera via graphical user interface e.g. touchscreen | |
H04N5/232H: | . . . . Control of camera operation based on recognized human faces, facial parts, facial expressions or other parts of the human body face recognition per se G06K9/00F | |
H04N5/232J: | . . . . Computer-aided capture of images, e.g. transfer from script file into camera, camera control checks quality of taken pictures, gives advices how to arrange picture composition or decides when to take image | |
H04N5/232K: | . . . . Input of new or changed control program into camera control means | |
H04N5/232L: | . . . . comprising further processing of the captured image without influencing the image pickup process (image processing in general G06T) | |
H04N5/232L3: | . . . . . by using more than one image in order to influence resolution, frame rate or aspect ratio providing high dynamic range image H04N5/235N | |
H04N5/232L5: | . . . . . by using a single image in order to influence the resolution | |
H04N5/232M: | . . . . Control of image capture or reproduction to achieve a very large field of view, e.g. panorama (panoramic or widescreen photography G03B27) | |
H04N5/232P: | . . . . Control of camera operation in relation to power supply, e.g. by reducing power consumption of electronic image sensor or image processor or by checking or displaying battery state details of energy supply or management for digital still cameras not peculiar to the electronic image sensor S03B217/00E | |
H04N5/232R: | . . . . Operation mode switching of cameras, e.g. between still/video, sport/normal or high/low resolution mode | |
H04N5/232S: | . . . . for stable pick-up of the scene in spite of camera body vibration image-sensor selective scanning per se H04N3/15E4 | |
H04N5/232S1: | . . . . . Motion detection | |
H04N5/232S1A: | . . . . . . based on the image signal analysis of motion by image processing in general G06T7/20 | |
H04N5/232S1B: | . . . . . . based on additional sensors cameras when not peculiar to the use or presence of the EIS S03B217/00B | |
H04N5/232S1C: | . . . . . . by distinguishing pan/tilt from motion | |
H04N5/232S2: | . . . . . Vibration or motion blur correction | |
H04N5/232S2A: | . . . . . . performed by a processor, e.g. controlling the readout of an image memory | |
H04N5/232S2B: | . . . . . . performed by controlling the image sensor readout, e.g. by controlling the integration time controlling the image sensor readout in general H04N5/345, H04N5/353 | |
H04N5/232S2B1: | . . . . . . . by controlling the scanning position, e.g. windowing windowed readout of image sensor in general H04N5/345B | |
H04N5/232S2B2: | . . . . . . . by combination of a plurality of images sequentially taken | |
H04N5/232S2C: | . . . . . . performed by mechanical compensation stabilization for imaging systems using optical elements in general sG02B27/64V; cameras when not peculiar to the use or presence of the EIS S03B205/00B | |
H04N5/232S2C1: | . . . . . . . with a variable apex prism | |
H04N5/232S2C2: | . . . . . . . by shifting the lens/sensor position | |
H04N5/232S3: | . . . . . Motion occurring during a rolling shutter mode | |
H04N5/232V: | . . . . Electronic Viewfinder, e.g. displaying the image signal provided by an electronic image sensor and optionally additional information related to control or operation of the camera | |
H04N5/232Z: | . . . . Control of means for changing angle of the field of view, e.g. optical zoom objective, electronic zooming or combined use of optical and electronic zooming optical details of zoom lenses G02B15/14; optical zooming only for cameras G03B5/00 | |
H04N5/235: | . . . Circuitry or methods for compensating for variation in the brightness of the object based on an electric image signals provided by an electronic image sensor exposure control for film cameras or cameras using an additional sensor G03B7/00 | |
H04N5/235B: | . . . . Circuitry for evaluating the brightness variations of the object within the image sensor H04N5/351; photometry in general G01J1/00 | |
H04N5/235C: | . . . . Combination of two or more compensation controls | |
H04N5/235E: | . . . . by influencing the exposure time, e.g. shutter H04N5/235C takes precedence; within the image sensor H04N5/353 | |
H04N5/235L: | . . . . by influencing the scene brightness using illuminating means H04N5/235C takes precedence | |
H04N5/235N: | . . . . by increasing the dynamic range of the final image compared to the dynamic range of the electronic image sensor , e.g. by adding correct exposed portions of short and long exposed images image enhancement in general using more than one image G06T5/50 | |
H04N5/235P: | . . . . Bracketing i.e. taking a series of images with varying, e.g. stepwise, exposure conditions or focusing conditions | |
H04N5/235S: | . . . . Detection of flicker frequency or flicker suppression, e.g. due to fluorescent tube illumination | |
H04N5/235T: | . . . . by influencing at least one of the pick-up tube voltages H04N5/235C takes precedence | |
H04N5/238: | . . . . by influencing the optical part of the camera, e.g. diaphragm, intensifier, fibre bundle H04N5/235C takes precedence | |
H04N5/243: | . . . . by influencing the picture signal, e.g. signal amplitude gain control H04N5/235C takes precedence | |
H04N5/247: | . . . Arrangements of television cameras constructional details of cameras H04N5/225C; stereoscopic picture signal generators H04N13/02A2; H04N13/02A3 | |
H04N5/253: | . . Picture signal generating by scanning motion picture films or slide opaques, e.g. for telecine | |
H04N5/257: | . . Picture signal generators using flying-spot scanners | |
H04N5/262: | . . Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effect ; Cameras specially adapted for the electronic generation of special effects | |
H04N5/262C: | . . . Cameras specially adapted for the electronic generation of special effects during image pickup, e.g. digital cameras, camcorders, video cameras having integrated special effects capability | |
H04N5/262E: | . . . Signal amplitude transition in the zone between image portions, e.g. soft edges | |
H04N5/262M: | . . . for obtaining an image which is composed of whole input images, e.g. splitscreen | |
H04N5/262S: | . . . for obtaining an image which is composed of images from a temporal image sequence, e.g. for a stroboscopic effect sequence generated by event triggered capturing H04N7/18E | |
H04N5/262S1: | . . . . for providing spin image effect, 3D stop motion effect or temporal freeze effect 2D image animation in general G06T13/80 | |
H04N5/262T: | . . . Alteration of picture size, shape, position or orientation, e.g. zooming, rotation, rolling, perspective, translation | |
H04N5/265: | . . . Mixing | |
H04N5/268: | . . . Signal distribution or switching | |
H04N5/272: | . . . Means for inserting a foreground image in a background image, i.e. inlay, outlay | |
H04N5/272P: | . . . . Insertion of virtual advertisement; Replacing advertisements physical present in the scene by virtual advertisement data processing systems or methods specially adapted for marketing G06Q30/02 | |
H04N5/275: | . . . . Generation of keying signals | |
H04N5/278: | . . . Subtitling | |
H04N5/28: | . . Mobile studios | |
H04N5/30: | . Transforming light or analogous information into electric information | |
H04N5/32: | . . Transforming X-rays image transformers H01J31/00 | |
H04N5/321: | . . . with video transmission of fluoroscopic images | |
H04N5/325: | . . . . Image enhancement, e.g. by subtraction techniques using polyenergetic X-rays | |
H04N5/32S: | . . . using subtraction imaging techniques | |
H04N5/33: | . . Transforming infra-red radiation | |
H04N5/335: | . . using solid-state image sensors [SSIS] | |
H04N5/335B: | . . . with digital output of the sensor cell, e.g. dynamic RAM image sensors | |
H04N5/33D: | . . . Multispectral imaging comprising at least a part of the infrared region | |
H04N5/341: | . . . Extracting pixel data from an image sensor by controlling scanning circuits, e.g. by modifying the number of pixels having been sampled or to be sampled | |
H04N5/341A: | . . . . for increasing the field of view by combining the outputs of a plurality of sensors, e.g. panoramic imaging linear arrays using abutted sensors H04N5/369A | |
H04N5/343: | . . . . by switching between different modes of operation using different resolutions or aspect ratios, e.g. between still and video mode or between interlaced and non-interlaced mode | |
H04N5/345: | . . . . by partially reading an SSIS array, i.e. by outputting a number of pixels less than the number of pixels present on the image sensor | |
H04N5/345A: | . . . . . by reading contiguous pixels in one direction within a read portion of the array, e.g. without loss of resolution within the read portion, or every other field is skipped | |
H04N5/345B: | . . . . . by reading contiguous pixels in two directions within a read portion of the array, e.g. without loss of resolution in two directions, windowing or electronic zooming | |
H04N5/345C: | . . . . . by skipping some contiguous pixels within the read portion of the array, e.g. with loss of resolution, e.g. skipping or discarding pixels | |
H04N5/345D: | . . . . . by preserving the color pattern with or without loss of information | |
H04N5/347: | . . . . by combining or binning pixels in SSIS | |
H04N5/349: | . . . . for increasing resolution by shifting the sensor relative to the scene, e.g. microscanning | |
H04N5/351: | . . . Control of the SSIS depending on the scene, e.g. brightness or motion in the scene circuitry for evaluating the brightness variations of the object H04N5/235B | |
H04N5/353: | . . . . Control of the integration time circuitry for compensating for variation in the brightness of the object by influencing the exposure time H04N5/235E | |
H04N5/353A: | . . . . . by controlling rolling shutters | |
H04N5/353B: | . . . . . with different integration times within the sensor | |
H04N5/353B1: | . . . . . . depending on the spectral component | |
H04N5/355: | . . . . Control of the dynamic range | |
H04N5/355A: | . . . . . involving a non-linear response | |
H04N5/355A1: | . . . . . . being of the logarithmic type | |
H04N5/355A2: | . . . . . . with a response composed of multiple slopes | |
H04N5/355B: | . . . . . involving multiple exposures combination of exposures for increasing the dynamic range H04N5/235 | |
H04N5/355B1: | . . . . . . being simultaneously taken | |
H04N5/355B1A: | . . . . . . . with different integration times | |
H04N5/355B1B: | . . . . . . . with pixels having different sensibilities within the sensor, e.g. fast/slow pixels, pixels having different sizes | |
H04N5/355B2: | . . . . . . sequentially taken, e.g. using the combination of odd and even image fields | |
H04N5/355B2A: | . . . . . . . with different integration times, e.g. short and long exposures | |
H04N5/355C: | . . . . . by controlling the amount of charge storable in the pixel, e.g. modification of the charge conversion ratio of the floating node capacitance | |
H04N5/357: | . . . Noise processing, e.g. detecting, correcting, reducing or removing noise | |
H04N5/357A: | . . . . the noise resulting only from the lens unit, e.g. flare, shading, vignetting or "cos4" suppressing or minimizing noise in picture signal generation H04N5/217 | |
H04N5/357B: | . . . . involving a correlated sampling function, e.g. correlated double or triple sampling | |
H04N5/357C: | . . . . for reducing electromagnetic interferences, e.g. EMI reduction, clocking noise | |
H04N5/359: | . . . . applied to excess charges produced by the exposure, e.g. smear, blooming, ghost image, crosstalk or leakage between pixels | |
H04N5/359A: | . . . . . for the control of blooming | |
H04N5/359A1: | . . . . . . by controlling anti-blooming drains | |
H04N5/359A2: | . . . . . . by evacuation via the output or reset lines | |
H04N5/359B: | . . . . . for the control of smearing, e.g. CCD being still exposed during the charge transfer | |
H04N5/359C: | . . . . . being the residual charges remaining after reading an image, e.g. ghost images or after images | |
H04N5/359D: | . . . . . applied when a phenomenon of inverted contrast occurs, e.g. eclipse phenomenon | |
H04N5/361: | . . . . applied to dark current | |
H04N5/363: | . . . . applied to reset noise, e.g. KTC noise related to CMOS structures | |
H04N5/365: | . . . . applied to fixed-pattern noise, e.g. non-uniformity of response | |
H04N5/365A: | . . . . . for non-uniformity detection and correction | |
H04N5/365A1: | . . . . . . between adjacent sensors or output registers for reading a single image | |
H04N5/365A2: | . . . . . . by using a reference source | |
H04N5/365A2A: | . . . . . . . the reference source being based on the scene itself, e.g. defocusing | |
H04N5/365A3: | . . . . . . for reducing the column or line fixed pattern noise | |
H04N5/367: | . . . . . applied to defects, e.g. non-responsive pixels | |
H04N5/367A: | . . . . . . by defect estimation performed on the scene signal, e.g. real time or on the fly detection | |
H04N5/369: | . . . SSIS architecture; Circuitry associated therewith | |
H04N5/369A: | . . . . Line sensors | |
H04N5/369A1: | . . . . . using abutted sensors forming a long line, e.g. for flat bed scanners | |
H04N5/369B: | . . . . SSIS characterized by non-identical, non-equidistant or non-planar pixel layout, sensor embedding other types of pixels not meant for producing an image signal, e.g. fovea sensors, display pixels, pixels for focusing | |
H04N5/369C: | . . . . Circuitry for controlling the generation or the management of the power supply | |
H04N5/372: | . . . . Charge-coupled device [CCD] sensors; Time delay and integration [TDI] registers or shift registers specially adapted for SSIS charge coupled imager structure H01L27/148 | |
H04N5/3722: | . . . . . using frame interline transfer [FIT] | |
H04N5/3725: | . . . . . using frame transfer [FT] | |
H04N5/3728: | . . . . . using interline transfer [IT] | |
H04N5/372A: | . . . . . TDI registers or shift registers specially adapted for SSIS | |
H04N5/372B: | . . . . . Details of transfer/readout registers; Split readout registers and multiple readout registers | |
H04N5/374: | . . . . Addressed sensors, e.g. MOS or CMOS sensors MOS imager structure H01L27/146F | |
H04N5/3745: | . . . . . having additional components embedded within a pixel or connected to a group of pixels within a sensor matrix, e.g. memories, A/D converters, pixel amplifiers, shared circuits or shared components | |
H04N5/3745A: | . . . . . . comprising additional storage means by controlling the amount of charges storable in the pixel H04N5/355C | |
H04N5/3745B: | . . . . . . comprising A/D, V/T, V/F, I/T or I/F converters | |
H04N5/3745C: | . . . . . . comprising amplifiers shared between a plurality of pixels, e.g. at least one part of the amplifier has to be on the sensor array itself | |
H04N5/374A: | . . . . . comprising control or output lines sharing a plurality of functions, e.g. output or driving or reset or power lines | |
H04N5/374B: | . . . . . Details of transfer or readout registers; split readout registers and multiple readout registers | |
H04N5/374C: | . . . . . using TDI registers | |
H04N5/376: | . . . . Adressing circuits | |
H04N5/376A: | . . . . . Timing or clock signal generating circuits | |
H04N5/378: | . . . . Readout circuits, e.g. correlated double sampling [CDS] circuits, output amplifiers or A/D converters | |
H04N5/38: | . Transmitter circuitry | |
H04N5/40: | . . Modulation circuits in general H03C1/00, H03C3/00, H03C5/00 | |
H04N5/42: | . . for transmitting at will black-and-white or colour signals | |
H04N5/44: | . Receiver circuitry | |
H04N5/445: | . . for displaying additional information | |
H04N5/445C: | . . . Circuit details of the additional information generator, e.g. details of the character or graphics signal generator, overlay mixing circuits graphics pattern generators for visual indicators G09G1/16F4; generation of individual character patterns for visual indicators G09G5/24 | |
H04N5/445D: | . . . multiplexed with a digital video signal | |
H04N5/445F: | . . . for displaying or controlling a single function of one single apparatus, e.g. TV receiver or VCR | |
H04N5/445M: | . . . Menu-type displays H04N5/445R, H04N5/445W take precedence | |
H04N5/445R: | . . . the additional information being controlled by a remote control apparatus | |
H04N5/445W: | . . . the additional information being displayed in a separate window, e.g. by using splitscreen display | |
H04N5/44N: | . . for the reception of a digital modulated video signal | |
H04N5/44R: | . . User interfaces for controlling a television receiver or set top box STB) through a remote control device, e.g. graphical user interfaces (GUI); Remote control devices therefor (user interfaces for controlling a tuning device of a television receiver through a remote control H03J9/00; constructive details of casings for the remote control device H01H9/02C4; remote control of peripheral devices connected to a television receiver through the remote control device of the television receiver H04B1/20C; remote control devices in general G08C | |
H04N5/44T: | . . IF amplifier circuits specially adapted for B&W TV RF amplifiers in general H03F3/189 | |
H04N5/44U: | . . for frame-grabbing | |
H04N5/45: | . . . Picture in picture | |
H04N5/455: | . . Demodulation-circuits | |
H04N5/46: | . . for receiving on more than one standard at will | |
H04N5/50: | . . Tuning indicators; Automatic tuning control | |
H04N5/50B: | . . . Invisible or silent tuning | |
H04N5/52: | . . Automatic gain control in general H03G | |
H04N5/53: | . . . Keyed automatic gain control | |
H04N5/54: | . . . for positively-modulated picture signals | |
H04N5/56: | . . . for negatively-modulated picture signals | |
H04N5/57: | . . Control of contrast or brightness | |
H04N5/58: | . . . in dependence upon ambient light | |
H04N5/59: | . . . in dependence upon beam current of cathode ray tube | |
H04N5/60: | . . for the sound signals for silent tuning, i.e. muting H04N5/50B | |
H04N5/60N: | . . . for digital sound signals | |
H04N5/60N2: | . . . . according to the NICAM system | |
H04N5/60S: | . . . for more than one sound signal, e.g. stereo, multilanguages H04N5/60N takes precedence | |
H04N5/62: | . . . Intercarrier circuits, i.e. heterodyning sound and vision carriers H04N5/60S takes precedence | |
H04N5/63: | . Generation or supply of power specially adapted for television receivers | |
H04N5/64: | . Constructional details of receivers, e.g. cabinets, dust covers | |
H04N5/645: | . . Mounting of picture tube on chassis or in housing | |
H04N5/64S: | . . Disposition of sound reproducers | |
H04N5/65: | . . Holding-devices for protective discs or for picture masks | |
H04N5/655: | . . Construction or mounting of chassis, e.g. for varying the elevation of the tube | |
H04N5/66: | . Transforming electric information into light information | |
H04N5/68: | . . Circuit details for cathode-ray display tubes deviation circuits H04N3/16, H03K4/00 | |
H04N5/70: | . . Circuit details for electroluminescent devices | |
H04N5/72: | . Modifying the appearance of television pictures by optical filters or diffusing screens | |
H04N5/74: | . Projection arrangements for image reproduction, e.g. using eidophor (optical systems in general G02B) | |
H04N5/74D: | . . Direct viewing projectors, e.g. an image displayed on a video CRT or LCD display being projected on a screen | |
H04N5/74M: | . . involving the use of a spatial light modulator, e.g. a light valve, controlled by a video signal | |
H04N5/74M2: | . . . the modulator being a dielectric deformable layer controlled by an electron beam, e.g. eidophor projector | |
H04N5/74M4: | . . . the modulator being an array of liquid crystal cells | |
H04N5/74M6: | . . . [N: the modulator being an array of deformable mirrors, e.g. digital micromirror device (DMD)] | |
H04N5/74P: | . . Constructional details of television projection apparatus | |
H04N5/74P5: | . . . for multi-screen projection[N9701] | |
H04N5/74P7: | . . . of head mounted projectors | |
H04N5/76: | . Television signal recording | |
H04N5/765: | . . Interface circuits between an apparatus for recording and another apparatus | |
H04N5/76B: | . . on discs or drums H04N5/781, H04N5/80B, H04N5/83, H04N5/85 take precedence | |
H04N5/77: | . . . between a recording apparatus and a television camera | |
H04N5/775: | . . . between a recording apparatus and a television receiver | |
H04N5/775B: | . . . . the recorder being connected to, or coupled with, the antenna of the television receiver | |
H04N5/77B: | . . . . the recording apparatus and the television camera being placed in the same enclosure | |
H04N5/78: | . . using magnetic recording | |
H04N5/781: | . . . on discs or drums | |
H04N5/782: | . . . on tape | |
H04N5/7822: | . . . . with stationary magnetic heads | |
H04N5/7824: | . . . . with rotating magnetic heads | |
H04N5/7826: | . . . . . involving helical scanning of the magnetic tape | |
H04N5/7826B: | . . . . . . for recording on tracks inclined relative to the direction of movement of the tape | |
H04N5/7826B2: | . . . . . . . using more than one track for the recording of one television field or frame, i.e. segmented recording | |
H04N5/7828: | . . . . . involving transversal scanning of the magnetic tape | |
H04N5/782B: | . . . . Recording using a special track configuration, e.g. crossing, overlapping | |
H04N5/782D: | . . . . involving recording in different depths of the magnetic tape | |
H04N5/783: | . . . . Adaptations for reproducing at a rate different from the recording rate | |
H04N5/784: | . . . on a sheet | |
H04N5/78C: | . . . Recording or playback not using inductive heads, e.g. magneto-optical, thermomagnetic, magnetostrictive, galvanomagnetic electrostatic recording H04N5/80, photographic recording H04N5/84 | |
H04N5/80: | . . using electrostatic recording | |
H04N5/80B: | . . . on discs or drums | |
H04N5/82: | . . . using deformable thermoplastic recording medium | |
H04N5/83: | . . . . on discs or drums | |
H04N5/84: | . . using optical recording | |
H04N5/84F: | . . . on film | |
H04N5/84F2: | . . . . the film moving intermittently | |
H04N5/85: | . . . on discs or drums | |
H04N5/87: | . . . Producing a motion picture film from a television signal | |
H04N5/89: | . . using holographic recording | |
H04N5/90: | . . . on discs or drums | |
H04N5/903: | . . using variable electrical capacitive recording | |
H04N5/907: | . . using static stores, e.g. storage tubes, semiconductor memories | |
H04N5/91: | . . Television signal processing therefor | |
H04N5/911: | . . . for the suppression of noise H04N5/932 takes precedence | |
H04N5/913: | . . . for scrambling; for copy protection | |
H04N5/915: | . . . for field- or frame-skip recording or reproducing | |
H04N5/915S: | . . . . with sound multiplexing | |
H04N5/917: | . . . for bandwidth reduction | |
H04N5/919: | . . . . by dividing samples or signal segments, e.g. television lines, among a plurality of recording channels | |
H04N5/92: | . . . Transformation of the television signal for recording, e.g. modulation, frequency changing; Inverse transformation for playback transmitter circuitry H04N5/38; receiver circuitry H04N5/44 | |
H04N5/921: | . . . . by recording or reproducing the baseband signal | |
H04N5/923: | . . . . using preemphasis of the signal before modulation and deemphasis of the signal after demodulation volume compression or expansion in amplifiers in general H03G7/00 | |
H04N5/926: | . . . . by pulse code modulation | |
H04N5/926B: | . . . . . involving data reduction | |
H04N5/926B2: | . . . . . . using predictive coding | |
H04N5/926B3: | . . . . . . using transform coding | |
H04N5/926S: | . . . . . with processing of the sound signal | |
H04N5/926S2: | . . . . . . using time division multiplex of the PCM audio and PCM video signals | |
H04N5/926S2B: | . . . . . . . with insertion of the PCM audio signals in the vertical blanking interval of the PCM video signal | |
H04N5/928: | . . . . the sound signal being pulse code modulated and recorded in time division multiplex with the modulated video signal | |
H04N5/92N: | . . . . involving the multiplexing of an additional signal and the video signal | |
H04N5/92N2: | . . . . . the additional signal being a sound signal H04N5/915S, H04N5/92 take precedence | |
H04N5/92N2B: | . . . . . . using time division multiplex | |
H04N5/92N2D: | . . . . . . using frequency division multiplex | |
H04N5/92N4: | . . . . . the additional signal being at least another television signal | |
H04N5/92N6: | . . . . . the additional signal being a character code signal | |
H04N5/92N6B: | . . . . . . for teletext | |
H04N5/92N6D: | . . . . . . involving the use of subcodes | |
H04N5/93: | . . . Regeneration of the television signal or of selected parts thereof | |
H04N5/931: | . . . . for restoring the level of the reproduced signal | |
H04N5/931F: | . . . . . the level control being frequency dependent H04N5/923 takes precedence | |
H04N5/932: | . . . . Regeneration of analogue synchronisation signals | |
H04N5/935: | . . . . Regeneration of digital synchronisation signals | |
H04N5/937: | . . . . by assembling picture element blocks in an intermediate store | |
H04N5/93M: | . . . . involving the mixing of the reproduced video signal with a non-recorded signal, e.g. a text signal | |
H04N5/94: | . . . . Signal drop-out compensation | |
H04N5/945: | . . . . . for signals recorded by pulse code modulation | |
H04N5/95: | . . . . Time-base error compensation H04N5/932 takes precedence | |
H04N5/953: | . . . . . by using an analogue memory, e.g. a CCD shift register, the delay of which is controlled by a voltage controlled oscillator | |
H04N5/956: | . . . . . by using a digital memory with independent write-in and read-out clock generators | |
H04N7/00: | Television systems | |
H04N7/00B: | . Special television systems not provided for by H04N7/00L to H04N7/18still pictures via a television channel H04N1/00B2 | |
H04N7/00B3: | . . using at least one opto-electrical conversion device | |
H04N7/00L: | . Systems with supplementary picture signal insertion during a portion of the active part of a television signal, e.g. during top and bottom lines in a HDTV letter-box system | |
H04N7/01: | . Conversion of standards involving analogue television standards or digital television standards processed at pixel level video transcoding H04N7/26T; image scaling in general G06T3/40; adapting incoming signals to the display format of the display terminal G09G5/00T2 | |
H04N7/015: | . High-definition television systems | |
H04N7/015B: | . . using spatial or temporal subsampling | |
H04N7/015B2: | . . . using pixel blocks | |
H04N7/015B2M: | . . . . with motion estimation, e.g. involving the use of motion vectors | |
H04N7/01A: | . . involving the resampling of the incoming video signal | |
H04N7/01B: | . . using a storage device with different write and read speed | |
H04N7/01B2: | . . . using beam gun storage | |
H04N7/01B4: | . . . using magnetic recording | |
H04N7/01D: | . . involving interpolation processes | |
H04N7/01D2: | . . . dependent on presence/absence of motion, e.g. of motion zones (H04N7/01D4 takes precedence) | |
H04N7/01D4: | . . . involving the use of motion vectors | |
H04N7/01F: | . . one of the standards corresponding to a cinematograph film standard | |
H04N7/01F3: | . . . with details on the detection of a particular field or frame pattern in the incoming video signal, e.g. 3:2 pull-down pattern | |
H04N7/01G: | . . involving conversion of the spatial resolution of the incoming video signal for graphics images S09G227/02 | |
H04N7/01G3: | . . . Conversion between an interlaced and a progressive signal for graphics images S09G213/06 | |
H04N7/01G5: | . . . the input and the output signals having different aspect ratios | |
H04N7/01H: | . . one of the standards being a high definition standard | |
H04N7/01P: | . . by changing the field or frame frequency of the incoming video signal, e.g. frame rate converter | |
H04N7/01P3: | . . . the incoming video signal comprising different parts having originally different frame rate, e.g. video and graphics | |
H04N7/01P5: | . . . the field or frame frequency of the incoming video signal being multiplied by a positive integer, e.g. for flicker reduction | |
H04N7/01T: | . . involving interpolation processes interpolation-based image scaling G06T3/40B; interpolation for video coding H04N7/46 | |
H04N7/01T2: | . . . dependent on presence/absence of motion, e.g. of motion zones H04N7/01T4 takes precedence; movement detection in television signals H04N5/14M | |
H04N7/01T4: | . . . involving the use of motion vectors motion estimation and compensation in video coding H04N7/26M, H04N7/36C | |
H04N7/01T5: | . . . the interpolation being edge adaptive edge detection in television signals H04N5/14E; edge-driven scaling G06T3/40E | |
H04N7/01T6: | . . . the interpolation being class adaptive, i.e. it uses the information of class which is determined for a pixel based upon certain characteristics of the neighbouring pixels | |
H04N7/01T7: | . . . the interpolation using an indication of film mode or an indication of a specific pattern, e.g. 3:2 pull-down pattern | |
H04N7/025: | . Systems for the transmission of digital non-picture data, e.g. of text during the active part of a television frame transmission of digital non-picture data during the vertical blanking interval only H04N7/088 | |
H04N7/025D: | . . Display systems therefor | |
H04N7/03: | . . Subscription systems therefor | |
H04N7/035: | . . Circuits for the digital non-picture data signal, e.g. for slicing of the data signal, for regeneration of the data-clock signal, for error detection or correction of the data signal | |
H04N7/035C: | . . . for regeneration of the clock signal | |
H04N7/035D: | . . . for discrimination of the binary level of the digital data, e.g. amplitude slicers | |
H04N7/035E: | . . . for error detection or correction | |
H04N7/04: | . Systems for the transmission of one television signal, i.e. both picture and sound, by a single carrier H04N7/084, H04N7/087 take precedence | |
H04N7/045: | . . the carrier being frequency modulated | |
H04N7/06: | . Systems for the simultaneous transmission of one television signal, i.e. both picture and sound, by more than one carrier H04N7/084, H04N7/087 take precedence | |
H04N7/06B: | . . Simultaneous transmission of separate parts of one picture | |
H04N7/06C: | . . the carriers being allocated to more than one television channel | |
H04N7/08: | . Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal, e.g. additional information signals, the signals occupying wholly or partially the same frequency band, e.g. by time division H04N7/00L takes precedence | |
H04N7/081: | . . the additional information signals being transmitted by means of a subcarrier | |
H04N7/083: | . . with signal insertion during the vertical and the horizontal blanking interval, e.g. MAC data signals | |
H04N7/084: | . . with signal insertion during the horizontal blanking interval only | |
H04N7/085: | . . . the inserted signal being digital | |
H04N7/085B: | . . . . the signal being time-compressed before its insertion and subsequently decompressed at reception | |
H04N7/087: | . . with signal insertion during the vertical blanking interval only | |
H04N7/088: | . . . the inserted signal being digital | |
H04N7/088A: | . . . . the signal being time-compressed before its insertion and subsequently decompressed at reception | |
H04N7/088B: | . . . . for the transmission of character code signals, e.g. for teletext circuits for the digital non-picture data signal H04N7/035 | |
H04N7/088D: | . . . . for the transmission of additional display-information, e.g. menu for programme or channel selection | |
H04N7/088D2: | . . . . . for the transmission of subtitles | |
H04N7/088P: | . . . . for the transmission of programme or channel identifying signals | |
H04N7/088S: | . . . . Subscription systems therefor | |
H04N7/08A: | . . using frequency interleaving, e.g. with precision offset | |
H04N7/08C: | . . the signals being two or more video signals H04N7/08A, H04N7/081 take precedence | |
H04N7/10: | . Adaptations for transmission by electric cable | |
H04N7/10C: | . . Circuits therefor, e.g. noise reducers, equalisers, amplifiers H04N7/10W takes precedence | |
H04N7/10C2: | . . . Switchers or splitters | |
H04N7/10H: | . . for domestic distribution | |
H04N7/10W: | . . the cable being constituted by a pair of wires | |
H04N7/12: | . Systems in which the television signal is transmitted via one channel or a plurality of parallel channels, the bandwidth of each channel being less than the bandwidth of the television signal | |
H04N7/12C: | . . involving expansion and subsequent compression of a signal segment, e.g. a frame, a line | |
H04N7/12C2: | . . . the signal segment being a picture element | |
H04N7/12D: | . . Systems in which different parts of the picture signal frequency band are individually processed, e.g. suppressed, transposed | |
H04N7/14: | . Systems for two-way working | |
H04N7/14A: | . . between two video terminals, e.g. videophone telephonic communication systems combined with television receiver for reception of entertainment or information matter H04M11/08B | |
H04N7/14A2: | . . . Constructional details of the terminal equipment, e.g. arrangements of the camera and the display | |
H04N7/14A2B: | . . . . camera and display on the same optical axis, e.g. optically multiplexing the camera and display for eye to eye contact | |
H04N7/14A3: | . . . Communication arrangements, e.g. identifying the communication as a video-communication, intermediate storage of the signals selecting H04Q | |
H04N7/14A4: | . . . Interfacing a video terminal to a particular transmission medium, e.g. ISDN | |
H04N7/15: | . . Conference systems | |
H04N7/15M: | . . . Multipoint control units therefor | |
H04N7/15S: | . . . [N: involving storage of or access to video conference sessions (tracking arrangements for later retrieval of a computer conference content or participants activities H04L12/18D4) ] | |
H04N7/15V: | . . . [N: defining a virtual conference space and using avatars or agents (computer conference optimisation or adaptation H04L12/18D3)] | |
H04N7/16: | . Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems | |
H04N7/167: | . . Systems rendering the television signal unintelligible and subsequently intelligible secret communication in general H04K1/00 | |
H04N7/167D: | . . . Providing digital key or authorisation information for generation or regeneration of the scrambling sequence pseudo-random number generators in general G06F7/58 | |
H04N7/169: | . . . Systems operating in the time domain of the television signal | |
H04N7/169B: | . . . . by displacing synchronisation signals relative to active picture signals or vice versa | |
H04N7/169C: | . . . . by changing or reversing the order of active picture signal portions | |
H04N7/16D: | . . Constructional details of the subscriber equipment H04N7/16E2B takes precedence; coin-freed and like apparatus in general G07F | |
H04N7/16E: | . . Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing | |
H04N7/16E2: | . . . by receiver means only | |
H04N7/16E2B: | . . . . Coin-freed apparatus | |
H04N7/16E3: | . . . Centralised control of user terminal subsequent to an upstream request signal H04N7/173C; Registering at central by two-way working H04N7/173B | |
H04N7/16F: | . . Passage/non-passage of the television signal, e.g. jamming, band suppression scrambling and descrambling H04N7/167 | |
H04N7/171: | . . . Systems operating in the amplitude domain of the television signal | |
H04N7/171B: | . . . . by modifying synchronisation signals | |
H04N7/171C: | . . . . by inverting the polarity of active picture signal portions | |
H04N7/173: | . . with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal | |
H04N7/173B: | . . . Transmission or handling of upstream communications | |
H04N7/173B2: | . . . . Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests | |
H04N7/173B3: | . . . . with deferred transmission or handling of upstream communications | |
H04N7/173B4: | . . . . Handling of requests in head-ends | |
H04N7/173C: | . . . Control of the passage of the selected programme | |
H04N7/173C2: | . . . . in an intermediate station common to a plurality of user terminals | |
H04N7/173C3: | . . . . at or near the user terminal | |
H04N7/18: | . Closed circuit television systems, i.e. systems in which the signal is not broadcast television transmission of measured quantities G01D5/39; intruder alarm or detection by television surveillance G08B13/196, G08B15/00B | |
H04N7/18C: | . . for receiving images from a plurality of remote sources | |
H04N7/18D: | . . for receiving images from a single remote source | |
H04N7/18D2: | . . . from a mobile camera, e.g. for remote control | |
H04N7/18D3: | . . . Video door telephones | |
H04N7/18E: | . . Capturing isolated or intermittent images triggered by the occurrence of a predetermined event, e.g. an object reaching a predetermined position signal generation from motion picture films H04N5/253 | |
H04N7/20: | . Adaptations for transmission via a GHz frequency band, e.g. via satellite | |
H04N7/22: | . Adaptations for optical transmission | |
H04N7/24: | . Systems for the transmission of television signals using pulse code modulation (H04N 21/00 takes precedence) | |
H04N7/24A: | . . Arrangements for interfacing to the transmission channel or to the communication network[N9501] | |
H04N7/24C: | . . Bitstream control arrangements[N9903] | |
H04N7/24C10: | . . . involving pointers to the video stream[N9903] | |
H04N7/24C12: | . . . involving the control of media objects[N0203] | |
H04N7/24C12C: | . . . . presentation therefor, e.g. on the basis of a scene description (three dimensional image rendering G06T15/00)[N0203] | |
H04N7/24C12M: | . . . . user interaction therefor[N0203] | |
H04N7/24C12M2: | . . . . . with hot-spots (processing of hypermedia chained data, G06F17/30G4)[N0203] | |
H04N7/24C12P: | . . . . Intellectual Property Rights management and protection therefor (entitlement for television systems H04N7/16E)[N0203] | |
H04N7/24C12S: | . . . . synchronisation therefor, e.g. synchronisation of elementary stream objects at the sync layer with time stamps[N0203] | |
H04N7/24C14: | . . . involving control of the complexity properties of the video bitstream, e.g. spatial or temporal resolution, SNR, bit rate, region of interest selection (scalable encoding of video H04N7/26E2, H04N7/26E4, H04N7/26J14, see also H04N7/26 scalability keywords)[N0209] | |
H04N7/24C14R: | . . . . where the control is performed by the receiver of the video, e.g. active selection by the receiver from a scalable bitstream or selective multicast subscription[N0209] | |
H04N7/24C14T: | . . . . where the control is performed by the transmitter of the video, e.g. active selection by the transmitter of parts of scalable bitstream to be sent[N0209] | |
H04N7/24C2: | . . . involving buffer level management[N9903] | |
H04N7/24C4: | . . . involving a control signal to the decoder, e.g. from the medium specific interface unit, or from the network[N9903] | |
H04N7/24C6: | . . . involving a control signal to the encoder, e.g. from the medium specific interface unit, or from the network[N9903] | |
H04N7/24C8: | . . . involving an exchange of control commands[N9903] | |
H04N7/24E: | . . Bitstream embedding arrangements, e.g. arrangements for blending, replacing, hiding, compositing or associating at bitstream level (arrangements involving bandwidth reduction signal processing H04N7/26E10)[N0104] | |
H04N7/24N: | . . Bitstream network arrangements[N0003] | |
H04N7/24T: | . . Bitstream transport arrangements[N9903] | |
H04N7/24T2: | . . . Bitstream processing[N9903] | |
H04N7/24T2M: | . . . . involving modification of bitstream parameters, e.g. restamping of time stamps, remapping of identifiers transmultiplexing[N9903] | |
H04N7/24T2S: | . . . . involving switching between bitstreams[N9903] | |
H04N7/24T4: | . . . involving transporting of additional information over the bitstream[N9903] | |
H04N7/24T6: | . . . involving transporting of the bitstream over a delivery medium[N9903] | |
H04N7/26: | . . using bandwidth reduction; Source coding or decoding of digital video signal, e.g. digital video signal compression; Pre- or postprocessing therefor | |
H04N7/26A: | . . . [N: Adaptive or control aspects therefor] | |
H04N7/26A10: | . . . . Methods, elements or tools for adaptive control | |
H04N7/26A10L: | . . . . . Lagrangian method | |
H04N7/26A10S: | . . . . . Side information | |
H04N7/26A10T: | . . . . . Iterative methods | |
H04N7/26A10T2: | . . . . . . Two pass methods | |
H04N7/26A4: | . . . . Controlled element or parameter | |
H04N7/26A4B: | . . . . . Predictor | |
H04N7/26A4C: | . . . . . [N: Coding or prediction mode selection (H04N7/26A4Z takes precedence)] | |
H04N7/26A4C1: | . . . . . . [N: Intra coding, e.g. selection among a plurality of spatially predictive coding modes] | |
H04N7/26A4C2: | . . . . . . [N: Refresh, i.e. intra-coding mode decision, e.g. at macroblock or picture level] | |
H04N7/26A4C3: | . . . . . . [N:Inter coding, i.e. selection among a plurality od temporally predictive coding modes] | |
H04N7/26A4C4: | . . . . . . Picture structure, e.g. interlaced/progressive | |
H04N7/26A4C6: | . . . . . . [N: Group-of-pictures (GOP) structure (H04N7/26A4C2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N7/26A4E: | . . . . . Target code amount | |
H04N7/26A4F: | . . . . . [N: Filtering, e.g. for pre- or post-processing (subband or wavelet filter banks H04N7/26H30C1D)] | |
H04N7/26A4G: | . . . . . Grid, i.e. regular pattern of elementary coding units in a picture, e.g. block grid | |
H04N7/26A4K: | . . . . . Encoder, i.e. selection among a plurality of heterogeneous encoders | |
H04N7/26A4P: | . . . . . [N: Encoding parameters processing, e.g. initialization, alteration, compression (H04N7/26M4, H04N7/26M6 and subgroups take precedence)] | |
H04N7/26A4Q: | . . . . . Quantiser | |
H04N7/26A4Q2: | . . . . . . [N: Details of quantisation, normalisation or weighting functions, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers, weighting matrices] | |
H04N7/26A4R: | . . . . . Resource allocation | |
H04N7/26A4S: | . . . . . Transform coefficients scan, e.g. zig-zag scan | |
H04N7/26A4T: | . . . . . [N: Transformer, e.g. 8x8 or 2x4x8 DCT, selection among a plurality of different transform operations] | |
H04N7/26A4V: | . . . . . Variable length coding (VLC) or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding | |
H04N7/26A4Z: | . . . . . [N: Skipping or zeroing of coding units, e.g. adaptive decimation, frame skipping, transform coefficient masking] | |
H04N7/26A6: | . . . . Controlling element, parameter or criteria | |
H04N7/26A6C: | . . . . . Input video signal characteristics | |
H04N7/26A6C2: | . . . . . . [N: Complexity, e.g. activity, edges (H04N7/26A6E takes precedence)] | |
H04N7/26A6C4: | . . . . . . Motion, e.g. field or frame difference | |
H04N7/26A6C4C: | . . . . . . . using motion vectors | |
H04N7/26A6C6: | . . . . . . Scene cut scene cut detection in conjunction with bandwidth reduction H04N7/26P8 | |
H04N7/26A6C8: | . . . . . . Chrominance | |
H04N7/26A6D: | . . . . . Rate distortion criteria | |
H04N7/26A6E: | . . . . . [N: Data rate or code amount] | |
H04N7/26A6E2: | . . . . . . using a combination of feedforward and feedback control | |
H04N7/26A6E4: | . . . . . . using feedforward control | |
H04N7/26A6E4E: | . . . . . . . based on model-estimated code amount | |
H04N7/26A6E4G: | . . . . . . . based on off-line generated code amount | |
H04N7/26A6E6: | . . . . . . Feedback control, i.e. control using output code amount, e.g. buffer fullness | |
H04N7/26A6E6S: | . . . . . . . Single-pass constant bit rate (CBR) encoding | |
H04N7/26A6Q: | . . . . . Visual quality | |
H04N7/26A6R: | . . . . . Resource availability | |
H04N7/26A6S: | . . . . . Coding mode | |
H04N7/26A6S2: | . . . . . . Picture or macroblock type, e.g. I,P,B | |
H04N7/26A6S4: | . . . . . . Picture structure, e.g. interlaced/progressive | |
H04N7/26A6U: | . . . . . User input | |
H04N7/26A6W: | . . . . . Receiver or channel | |
H04N7/26A6W2: | . . . . . . Transmission errors | |
H04N7/26A8: | . . . . Unit of control, i.e. structural or semantic portion of the video signal being the object of the control | |
H04N7/26A8B: | . . . . . Block or macroblock | |
H04N7/26A8C: | . . . . . Transform coefficient | |
H04N7/26A8E: | . . . . . [N: Pixel] | |
H04N7/26A8G: | . . . . . Group-of-pictures (GOP) | |
H04N7/26A8L: | . . . . . [N: Slice, e.g. line of blocks, group of blocks (H04N7/26A8B takes precedence)] | |
H04N7/26A8P: | . . . . . Picture | |
H04N7/26A8R: | . . . . . [N: Image region, e.g. region of interest (ROI), object (H04N7/26A8B, H04N7/26A8L take precedence)] | |
H04N7/26A8S: | . . . . . Scene or shot scene cut detection in conjunction with bandwidth reduction H04N7/26P8 | |
H04N7/26A8T: | . . . . . Bit | |
H04N7/26A8U: | . . . . . Chrominance | |
H04N7/26A8Y: | . . . . . Layer | |
H04N7/26C: | . . . Compressed domain processing H04N7/26M2T takes precedence | |
H04N7/26D: | . . . Decoder-specific arrangements | |
H04N7/26D2: | . . . . for compensating inverse transform mismatch, e.g. IDCT mismatch discrete orthonormal transforms G06F17/14M | |
H04N7/26E: | . . . involving coding of different picture or data components H04N7/26J takes precedence | |
H04N7/26E10: | . . . . involving the insertion of extra data, e.g. in the video data, in the coding parameters or by modification of said video data or parameters arrangements for embedding at bitstream level H04N7/24E | |
H04N7/26E2: | . . . . involving separate coding of the error signal, i.e. the difference between the original picture and the locally reconstructed one H04N7/26H takes precedence | |
H04N7/26E4: | . . . . involving arrangements for adaptive allocation of coded information to different channels | |
H04N7/26E6: | . . . . involving multi-layer decomposition H04N7/26H takes precedence Subsequent reconstruction | |
H04N7/26F: | . . . [N: Filtering (H04N7/26P4 takes precedence)] | |
H04N7/26F2: | . . . . [N: in a prediction loop] | |
H04N7/26H: | . . . involving sub-band coding | |
H04N7/26H30: | . . . . of a single image | |
H04N7/26H30A: | . . . . . in more than two frequency dimensions H04N7/26H50A takes precedence | |
H04N7/26H30B: | . . . . . of arbitrarily shaped image segments | |
H04N7/26H30C: | . . . . . Control aspects therefor | |
H04N7/26H30C1: | . . . . . . Controlled element | |
H04N7/26H30C1B: | . . . . . . . Subband structure, e.g. number of subbands | |
H04N7/26H30C1D: | . . . . . . . Filter type or filtering coefficients | |
H04N7/26H30C1K: | . . . . . . . Error protection, detection or correction | |
H04N7/26H30C1S: | . . . . . . . Scan or transmission order of coefficients or bitplanes | |
H04N7/26H30C1S3: | . . . . . . . . Switching of direction, e.g. horizontal, diagonal, vertical | |
H04N7/26H30C2: | . . . . . . Unit of control | |
H04N7/26H30C2B: | . . . . . . . relating to sub-band structure | |
H04N7/26H30C2B6: | . . . . . . . . Hierarchical level (7/26H30E5A, 7/26H50E5A take precedence) | |
H04N7/26H30C2B8: | . . . . . . . . Directional tree, e.g. low-high (LH), high-low (HL), high-high (HH) | |
H04N7/26H30C2J: | . . . . . . . Object or region | |
H04N7/26H30C3: | . . . . . . Element used for control | |
H04N7/26H30C3R: | . . . . . . . Position or location within image, e.g. center or periphery of picture | |
H04N7/26H30C3V: | . . . . . . . involving user interaction or information input by receiving side television systems with two-way working H04N7/173 | |
H04N7/26H30D: | . . . . . with details relating to the sub-band filter data processing equipment for wavelet transforms G06F17/14W; bandwidth reduction for documents of or the like by decomposition into components H04N1/41C4 | |
H04N7/26H30D1: | . . . . . . concerning filter definition | |
H04N7/26H30D2: | . . . . . . concerning filter implementation | |
H04N7/26H30E: | . . . . . with at least one adaptive element | |
H04N7/26H30E2: | . . . . . . involving variable length or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding | |
H04N7/26H30E4: | . . . . . . involving normalisation or quantising | |
H04N7/26H30E5: | . . . . . . involving a bit-rate or bit-amount target | |
H04N7/26H30E5A: | . . . . . . . with adaptive target allocation among the components | |
H04N7/26H30F: | . . . . . with prediction other than mere runlength (7/26H50 takes precedence) | |
H04N7/26H30F1: | . . . . . . Intraband | |
H04N7/26H30F2: | . . . . . . Interband | |
H04N7/26H30H: | . . . . . involving the arranging of coefficients or bits, e.g. for scalability or progressive transmission | |
H04N7/26H30H1: | . . . . . . involving scan according to levels, e.g. breadth-first | |
H04N7/26H30H2: | . . . . . . involving scan according to trees, e.g. depth-first | |
H04N7/26H30H6: | . . . . . . Coding of bitplanes or significance, e.g. zerotree | |
H04N7/26H30K: | . . . . . involving error protection, detection or correction | |
H04N7/26H30M: | . . . . . suited to a bitstream syntax | |
H04N7/26H30Q: | . . . . . with grouping into blocks | |
H04N7/26H50: | . . . . in combination with temporal predictive coding, e.g. in `inter` mode | |
H04N7/26H50A: | . . . . . with motion compensated temporal filtering | |
H04N7/26H50E: | . . . . . with at least one adaptive element | |
H04N7/26H50E2: | . . . . . . involving variable length or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding | |
H04N7/26H50E4: | . . . . . . involving normalisation or quantising | |
H04N7/26H50E5: | . . . . . . involving a bit-rate or bit-amount target | |
H04N7/26H50E5A: | . . . . . . . with adaptive target allocation among the components | |
H04N7/26H50F: | . . . . . with interframe prediction not only of coefficient values | |
H04N7/26H50M: | . . . . . suited to an interframe bitstream syntax | |
H04N7/26H50T: | . . . . . using sub-band domain temporal integration | |
H04N7/26J: | . . . involving video objects | |
H04N7/26J10: | . . . . involving both synthetic and natural picture components, e.g. synthetic natural hybrid coding (SNHC) | |
H04N7/26J14: | . . . . Scalability, e.g. involving base and at least one enhancement video object layers (VOL) | |
H04N7/26J14S: | . . . . . Spatial scalability | |
H04N7/26J14T: | . . . . . Temporal scalability, e.g. layered VOP frame rate | |
H04N7/26J2: | . . . . Shape coding therefor contour coding for image data processing or generation in general G06T9/20 | |
H04N7/26J2A: | . . . . . using binary alpha-plane coding, e.g. Context based Arithmetic Encoding (CAE) | |
H04N7/26J4: | . . . . Model based coding therefor model based coding for image data processing or generation in general G06T9/00F | |
H04N7/26J4T: | . . . . . using a three-dimensional model | |
H04N7/26J6: | . . . . coding of regions that are present throughout a whole video segment, e.g. sprites | |
H04N7/26J6B: | . . . . . of static sprites, e.g. background, mosaic | |
H04N7/26J8: | . . . . Scene description coding, e.g. binary format for scenes BIFS) compression (command descriptors and the like H04N7/24C; system and interactivity aspects H04N7/173B2 | |
H04N7/26L: | . . . [N: Implementation arrangements, e.g. implementation by hardware of software (H04N7/26H30D2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N7/26L2: | . . . . Memory arrangements | |
H04N7/26L2D: | . . . . . Memory downsizing methods | |
H04N7/26L2D2: | . . . . . . Display on the fly, e.g. simultaneous writing to and reading from decoder memory | |
H04N7/26L2D2P: | . . . . . . . with 3:2 pulldown | |
H04N7/26L2D4: | . . . . . . Recompression | |
H04N7/26L2D4D: | . . . . . . . Decimation | |
H04N7/26L4: | . . . . Motion estimation and/or compensation hardware | |
H04N7/26L4A: | . . . . . Data flow inside motion estimator | |
H04N7/26L4B: | . . . . . Access to external memory | |
H04N7/26L6: | . . . . [N: Parallel arrangements] | |
H04N7/26M: | . . . Motion estimation therefor H04N7/26L4 takes precedence, picture signal circuitry for movement estimation for video frequency region H04N5/14M; Processing of motion vectors for bandwidth reduction purposes Analysis of motion G06T7/20 | |
H04N7/26M2: | . . . . Methods | |
H04N7/26M2G: | . . . . . Global motion vector estimation | |
H04N7/26M2H: | . . . . . Multiresolution or hierarchical method | |
H04N7/26M2M: | . . . . . Multistep search method, e.g. 3-step, 2D-log, One-at-a-Time Search (OTS) | |
H04N7/26M2N: | . . . . . Non block-based processing | |
H04N7/26M2N2: | . . . . . . [N: using feature points or meshes] | |
H04N7/26M2N4: | . . . . . . using regions | |
H04N7/26M2N4C: | . . . . . . . Contour motion estimation | |
H04N7/26M2S: | . . . . . Sub-pixel accuracy | |
H04N7/26M2T: | . . . . . Transform domain motion estimation | |
H04N7/26M4: | . . . . Details | |
H04N7/26M4C: | . . . . . Spatially constrained motion estimation, e.g. at image or region borders | |
H04N7/26M4D: | . . . . . Dealing with occlusions | |
H04N7/26M4E: | . . . . . Early exit, i.e. stopping a systematic computation based on a certain criteria, e.g. error magnitude is too large | |
H04N7/26M4I: | . . . . . Search initialization, i.e. estimating a good candidate to initiate a search | |
H04N7/26M4P: | . . . . . Padding, i.e. filling non-object values in an arbitrary shaped block for motion estimation purposes | |
H04N7/26M4R: | . . . . . Rate-distortion criteria | |
H04N7/26M4V: | . . . . . Variable search window size or shape | |
H04N7/26M6: | . . . . Processing of motion vectors | |
H04N7/26M6E: | . . . . . Encoding | |
H04N7/26M6E2: | . . . . . . Predictive encoding | |
H04N7/26N: | . . . involving subsampling at the transmitter and restitution of the omitted samples by interpolation | |
H04N7/26P: | . . . involving preprocessing or postprocessing therefor | |
H04N7/26P4: | . . . . involving reduction of coding artifacts, e.g. of blockiness | |
H04N7/26P6: | . . . . involving cinematographic video sequences, e.g. sequences originated from film and converted to video through 3:2 pulldown | |
H04N7/26P8: | . . . . involving scene cut detection in conjunction with bandwidth reduction circuitry for scene change detection H04N5/14S | |
H04N7/26S: | . . . Standard related documents | |
H04N7/26S1: | . . . . Normative references, e.g. working documents of standardisation bodies like ISO/IEC, ITU-T, SMPTE in the domain of digital image and video coding | |
H04N7/26S2: | . . . . Illustrative references, e.g. overviews, reviews | |
H04N7/26T: | . . . Transcoding therefor, i.e. conversion of video data, coding parameters, syntax or the like in order to realise interoperability between different video coding standards Transcoding for telecommunication protocol H04L29/06 ; Transcoding for mobile radio systems H04Q7/30C; Conversion of standards for analog television, e.g. PAL, SECAM or NTSC H04N7/01; Reformatting video signals for video conference systems H04N7/15M; Multimodal adaptation H04N7/24C14; Distillation of HTML documents for optimising th visualization of content G06F17/30W9V; File format conversion G06F17/30B2 | |
H04N7/26Y: | . . . [N: Syntax aspects, e.g. source coding bistream syntax (syntax aspects related to a packetised or transport video stream H04N7/24, H04N7/52 or subgroups)] | |
H04N7/26Z: | . . . Specific techniques not provided for in other subgroups of H04N7/26 (not used) | |
H04N7/26Z10: | . . . . involving N-Tree coding, e.g. quadtree, octree | |
H04N7/26Z12: | . . . . [N: involving run length coding] | |
H04N7/26Z14: | . . . . [N: involving matching pursuit] | |
H04N7/26Z16: | . . . . [N: involving fractal coding] | |
H04N7/26Z2: | . . . . [N: Adaptive dynamic range coding (ADRC)] | |
H04N7/26Z4: | . . . . involving both PCM encoding and DPCM encoding | |
H04N7/26Z6: | . . . . using a dither signal | |
H04N7/26Z8: | . . . . using noise or error feedback, e.g. quantisation noise feedback | |
H04N7/28: | . . . using vector coding | |
H04N7/30: | . . . involving transform coding , e.g. using discrete cosine transform (DCT) | |
H04N7/30A: | . . . . transforming in more than two dimensions | |
H04N7/30B: | . . . . of arbitrarily shaped image segments | |
H04N7/30E: | . . . . involving the use of at least one adaptive element, e.g. Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) coding | |
H04N7/30E10: | . . . . . Adaptive scanning order of DCT coefficients, e.g. alternate scanning | |
H04N7/30E2: | . . . . . involving variable length or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding | |
H04N7/30E4: | . . . . . Quantisation, normalisation or weighting techniques therefor, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers, weighting matrices | |
H04N7/30E5: | . . . . . the output data rate being minimised down to or below the channel capacity | |
H04N7/30E5B: | . . . . . . with feedback control only of the data rate, e.g. buffer fullness being used | |
H04N7/30E5F: | . . . . . . with feedforward control only of the data rate, e.g. information amount estimator or sorter being used | |
H04N7/30E5H: | . . . . . . with feedforward and feedback control of the data rate | |
H04N7/30E5L: | . . . . . . with iterative control of the data rate | |
H04N7/30E7: | . . . . . the output quality being above a minimum | |
H04N7/30H: | . . . . involving hierarchical transmission of the transform coefficients, e.g. progressive JPEG H04N7/30E10 takes precedence | |
H04N7/30K: | . . . . involving error detection or error correction | |
H04N7/30P: | . . . . involving pre-processing of the picture element samples before transform coding or post-processing of the same after transform decoding | |
H04N7/30S: | . . . . involving zonal sampling | |
H04N7/32: | . . . involving predictive coding | |
H04N7/32B: | . . . . at least one coding element being controlled by the buffer fullness | |
H04N7/32E: | . . . . with an adaptive quantiser characteristic, e.g. controlled by forward or backward adaptation | |
H04N7/32K: | . . . . with error correction | |
H04N7/34: | . . . . using spatial prediction H04N7/36 takes precedence | |
H04N7/34B: | . . . . . by separate coding of pixel blocks | |
H04N7/36: | . . . . using temporal prediction H04N7/46 takes precedence | |
H04N7/36C: | . . . . . [N: using motion compensation, e.g. by means of motion vectors (hardware implementations therefor H04N7/26L4)] | |
H04N7/36C10: | . . . . . . Long-term prediction H04N7/26J6B takes precedence | |
H04N7/36C2: | . . . . . . Block-based | |
H04N7/36C2V: | . . . . . . . using overlapping blocks | |
H04N7/36C4: | . . . . . . with sub-pixel accuracy | |
H04N7/36C6: | . . . . . . Non block-based | |
H04N7/36C8: | . . . . . . Multiple frame prediction H04N7/46 takes precedence | |
H04N7/36D: | . . . . . using motion detection, e.g. with detection of moving zones H04N7/36E takes precedence, movement detection per se H04N5/14M | |
H04N7/36D2: | . . . . . . involving conditional replenishment | |
H04N7/38: | . . . . involving delta modulation (not used) | |
H04N7/46: | . . . . using subsampling at the coder and or sample restitution by interpolation at the coder or decoder | |
H04N7/46A: | . . . . . with adaptive prediction | |
H04N7/46E: | . . . . . with motion compensated interpolation, e.g. involving bidirectional frame interpolation, i.e. use of B-pictures | |
H04N7/46E6: | . . . . . . involving a generalised motion field, e.g. non block-based processing | |
H04N7/46S: | . . . . . involving spatial subsampling or upsampling; Alteration of picture size or resolution | |
H04N7/46T: | . . . . . involving temporal subsampling, e.g. frame decimation H04N7/26A4Z takes precedence | |
H04N7/46T2: | . . . . . . with control of frame rate, skipping or repetition at encoding or decoding side | |
H04N7/48: | . . . involving pulse code modulation and predictive coding (not used) | |
H04N7/50: | . . . involving transform and predictive coding, e.g. hybrid coding, Motion Picture Experts Group MPEG) coding (H04N7/26H, H04N7/26J take precedence | |
H04N7/50E: | . . . . involving the use of at least one adaptive element | |
H04N7/50E2: | . . . . . involving variable length or entropy coding, e.g. Huffmann or arithmetic coding | |
H04N7/50E4: | . . . . . Quantisation, normalisation or weighting techniques therefor, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers, weighting matrices | |
H04N7/50E5: | . . . . . the output data rate being minimised down to or below the channel capacity | |
H04N7/50E5B: | . . . . . . with feedback control only of the data rate, e.g. buffer fullness being used | |
H04N7/50E5F: | . . . . . . with feedforward control only of the data rate, e.g. information amount estimator or sorter being used | |
H04N7/50E5H: | . . . . . . with feedforward and feedback control of the data rate | |
H04N7/50E5L: | . . . . . . with iterative control of the data rate, e.g. multipass | |
H04N7/50E6: | . . . . . involving adaptive allocation of the frame type, e.g. adaptive group-of-pictures (GOP) structure | |
H04N7/50E8: | . . . . . motion adaptive | |
H04N7/50M: | . . . . multiplexing arrangements therefor, e.g. suited to a video bitstream syntax | |
H04N7/50N: | . . . . using non-transform coding for certain blocks | |
H04N7/50R: | . . . . forced updating therefor, e.g. refresh techniques, intra/inter-coding mode selection at macroblock or picture level | |
H04N7/50T: | . . . . using transform domain integration, i.e. the transform being operated outside the prediction loop | |
H04N7/52: | . . Systems for transmission of a pulse code modulated video signal with one or more other pulse code modulated signals, e.g. an audio signal or a synchronizing signal (assembling of a multiplex stream by combining a video stream with other content or additional data, remultiplexing of multiplex streams, insertion of stuffing bits into the multiplex stream, assembling of a packetised elementary stream at server side H04N 21/236; disassembling of a multiplex stream, remultiplexing of multiplex streams, extraction or processing of Service Information, disassembling of packetised elementary stream at client side H04N 21/434) | |
H04N7/52A: | . . . said other signal being a related audio signal (H04N7/58 takes precedence)[N9510] | |
H04N7/52D: | . . . said other signal being a private data stream, e.g. teletext, graphics (H04N7/58 takes precedence)[N9510] | |
H04N7/52R: | . . . according to geometrical constraints of the communication medium, e.g. data formatting for subsequent transmission to a digital storage medium (H04N7/58 takes precedence)[N9510] | |
H04N7/52S: | . . . 259M(H04N7/58 takes precedence)[N9510] | |
H04N7/54: | . . . the signals being synchronous H04N21/236B, H04N21/236W, H04N21/2365, H04N21/2368, H04N21/434A, H04N21/434B, H04N21/434V, H04N21/434W take precedence | |
H04N7/56: | . . . . Synchronising systems therefor | |
H04N7/58: | . . . involving more than one video signal | |
H04N7/58A: | . . . . the signals being asynchronous[N9501] | |
H04N7/58S: | . . . . the signals being synchronous[N9501] | |
H04N7/60: | . . . the signals being asynchronous | |
H04N7/62: | . . . . Synchronising systems therefor | |
H04N7/64: | . . Systems for detection or correction of transmission errors | |
H04N7/66: | . . . using redundant codes | |
H04N7/68: | . . . using error concealment | |
H04N9/00: | Details of colour television systems | |
H04N9/04: | . Picture signal generators | |
H04N9/04B: | . . using solid-state devices H04N9/11 takes precedence; solid state picture signal generators H01L31/00 | |
H04N9/07: | . . with one pick-up device only | |
H04N9/077: | . . . whereby the colour signals are characterised by their phase | |
H04N9/083: | . . . whereby the colour signals are characterised by their frequency | |
H04N9/09: | . . with more than one pick-up device | |
H04N9/093: | . . . Systems for avoiding or correcting misregistration of video signals | |
H04N9/097: | . . . Optical arrangements associated therewith, e.g. for beam-splitting, for colour correction | |
H04N9/10: | . . using optical-mechanical scanning means only | |
H04N9/11: | . . Scanning of colour motion picture films, e.g. for telecine | |
H04N9/12: | . Picture reproducers | |
H04N9/14: | . . using optical-mechanical scanning means only | |
H04N9/16: | . . using cathode ray tubes | |
H04N9/18: | . . . using separate electron beams for the primary colour signals | |
H04N9/20: | . . . . with more than one beam in a tube | |
H04N9/22: | . . . using the same beam for more than one primary colour information | |
H04N9/24: | . . . . using means, integral with, or external to, the tube, for producing signal indicating instantaneous beam position | |
H04N9/26: | . . . . using electron-optical colour selection means, e.g. line grid, deflection means in or near the gun or near the phosphor screen | |
H04N9/27: | . . . with variable depth of penetration of electron beam into the luminescent layer, e.g. penetrons | |
H04N9/28: | . . . Arrangements for convergence or focusing | |
H04N9/285: | . . . . using quadrupole lenses | |
H04N9/29: | . . . using demagnetisation or compensation of external magnetic fields | |
H04N9/30: | . using solid-state colour display devices (indicating devices using static means to present variable information G09G) | |
H04N9/31: | . . Projection devices for colour picture display
e.g. using electronic spatial light modulators ESLM) (projection devices using film stock, photographic film or slides, G03B21/00 and subgroups | |
H04N9/31A: | . . . using two-dimensional electronic spatial light modulators micromechanical modulators as such G02B26/08M4; liquid crystal modulators as such G02F1/13 | |
H04N9/31A1: | . . . . [N: for displaying all colours simultaneously, e.g. by using two or more electronic spatial light modulators (simultaneous projection in colour photography G03B33/10; beam splitting or combining systems per se G02B27/10)] | |
H04N9/31A1S: | . . . . . [N: by using a single electronic spatial light modulator] | |
H04N9/31A3: | . . . . [N: for displaying the colours sequentially, e.g. by using sequentially activated light sources (sequential projection in colour photography G03B33/08)] | |
H04N9/31A3S: | . . . . . [N: by using a sequential colour filter producing one colour at a time] | |
H04N9/31A3T: | . . . . . [N: by using a sequential colour filter producing two or more colours simultaneously, e.g. by creating scrolling colour bands] | |
H04N9/31A5: | . . . . [N: Driving therefor (driving of electronic spatial light modulators in displays other than projection devices G09G3/34, G09G3/36; control of liquid crystal elements G02F1/133; control of micromechanical modulators G02B26/08)] | |
H04N9/31A5P: | . . . . . [N: using pulse width modulation] | |
H04N9/31A5S: | . . . . . [N: for spatial light modulators in series] | |
H04N9/31B: | . . . [N: scanning a light beam on the display screen (scanning a light beam on a screen in displays other than projection devices G09G3/02; scanning systems in general G02B26/10; projectors using laser light sources in general H04N9/31R5L)] | |
H04N9/31B1: | . . . . [N: using one-dimensional electronic spatial light modulators] | |
H04N9/31B3: | . . . . [N: Driving therefor] | |
H04N9/31C: | . . . [N: using arrays of modulated light sources (electroluminescent display devices G09G3/30)] | |
H04N9/31L: | . . . using laser beams scanning the display screen | |
H04N9/31R: | . . . [N: Constructional details thereof (details not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/14)] | |
H04N9/31R1: | . . . . [N: Cooling systems (cooling of liquid crystal cells in general G02F1/133T; cooling of projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/16)] | |
H04N9/31R3: | . . . . [N: Multi-projection systems (displays in general H04N9/12; video walls G06F3/14C6, S09G206/04)] | |
H04N9/31R5: | . . . . [N: Modulator illumination systems (general applications of lighting devices F21V; general optical systems G02B; lamp houses for projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/20)] | |
H04N9/31R5B: | . . . . . [N: for shaping the light beam (beam shaping per se G02B27/09)] | |
H04N9/31R5C: | . . . . . [N: for controlling the light source (light source control per se H05B37/00, H05B41/00; control of an illumination source for displays in general G09G3/34B)] | |
H04N9/31R5F: | . . . . . [N: for controlling the spectrum] | |
H04N9/31R5L: | . . . . . [N: using laser light sources (using laser beams scanning the display screen H04N9/31B)] | |
H04N9/31R5M: | . . . . . [N: using multiple light sources] | |
H04N9/31R5P: | . . . . . [N: for polarizing the light beam (polarizing optical systems per se G02B27/28)] | |
H04N9/31R7: | . . . . [N: Convergence or focusing systems (electronic adjustment of convergence H04N9/31S3; convergence or focusing arrangements for cathode ray tubes H04N9/28; means for automatic focusing of projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/53)] | |
H04N9/31R9: | . . . . [N: wherein the projection device is specially adapted for enhanced portability] | |
H04N9/31R9P: | . . . . . [N: wherein the projection device is incorporated in a camera (details of cameras adapted for combination with a projector not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B17/54)] | |
H04N9/31S: | . . . [N: Video signal processing therefor] | |
H04N9/31S1: | . . . . [N: Colour adjustment, e.g. white balance, shading or gamut (white balance per se H04N9/73; control of amplitude of colour signals H04N9/68; colour control circuits for displays in general G09G5/02, G09G3/20C, G09G3/36B)] | |
H04N9/31S3: | . . . . [N: Geometric adjustment, e.g. keystone or convergence (optical or mechanical adjustment of convergence H04N9/31R7; using scanning means H04N3/22; optical or mechanical adjustments of projectors not peculiar to the presence of an electronic spatial light modulator G03B21/14)] | |
H04N9/31S5: | . . . . [N: Scale or resolution adjustment (scaling in general G06T3/40; resolution modifying circuits for displays in general G09G5/391)] | |
H04N9/31T: | . . . [N: Testing thereof (testing of displays in general G09G3/00E)] | |
H04N9/31T1: | . . . . [N: including sensor feedback] | |
H04N9/31V: | . . . using light modulating optical valves | |
H04N9/43: | . Conversion of monochrome picture signals to colour picture signals for colour picture display | |
H04N9/44: | . Colour synchronisation | |
H04N9/45: | . . Generation or recovery of colour sub-carriers | |
H04N9/455: | . . Generation of colour burst signals; Insertion of colour burst signals in colour picture signals or separation of colour burst signals from colour picture signals | |
H04N9/465: | . . Synchronisation of the PAL-switch | |
H04N9/47: | . . for sequential signals | |
H04N9/475: | . . for mutually locking different synchronisation sources | |
H04N9/64: | . Circuits for processing colour signals | |
H04N9/64A: | . . Multi-purpose receivers, e.g. for auxiliary information H04N9/64B takes precedence | |
H04N9/64B: | . . Multi-standard receivers | |
H04N9/64C: | . . Hue control means, e.g. flesh tone control | |
H04N9/64D: | . . Beam current control means | |
H04N9/64E: | . . for image enhancement, e.g. vertical detail restoration, cross-colour elimination, contour correction, chrominance trapping filters | |
H04N9/64M: | . . I.F amplifiers, amplifiers in general H03F | |
H04N9/64V: | . . Video amplifiers | |
H04N9/65: | . . for synchronous modulators | |
H04N9/66: | . . for synchronous demodulators | |
H04N9/67: | . . for matrixing | |
H04N9/68: | . . for controlling the amplitude of colour signals, e.g. automatic chroma control circuits | |
H04N9/69: | . . . for modifying the colour signals by gamma correction | |
H04N9/70: | . . for colour killing | |
H04N9/71: | . . . combined with colour gain control | |
H04N9/72: | . . for reinsertion of dc and slowly varying components of colour signal | |
H04N9/73: | . . colour balance circuits, e.g. white balance circuits, colour temperature control | |
H04N9/73B: | . . . for picture signal generators | |
H04N9/74: | . . for obtaining special effects | |
H04N9/75: | . . . Chroma key | |
H04N9/76: | . . . for mixing of colour signals | |
H04N9/77: | . Circuits for processing the brightness signal and the chrominance signal relative to each other, e.g. adjusting the phase of the brightness signal relative to the colour signal, correcting differential gain or differential phase | |
H04N9/78: | . . for separating the brightness signal or the chrominance signal from the colour television signal, e.g. using comb filter | |
H04N9/79: | . Processing of colour television signals in connection with recording | |
H04N9/793: | . . for controlling the level of the chrominance signal, e.g. by means of automatic chroma control circuits | |
H04N9/793F: | . . . the level control being frequency-dependent | |
H04N9/793F2: | . . . . by using a preemphasis network at the recording side and a deemphasis network at the reproducing side | |
H04N9/797: | . . for recording the signal in a plurality of channels, the bandwidth of each channel being less than the bandwidth of the signal | |
H04N9/797D: | . . . by dividing the luminance or colour component signal samples or frequency bands among a plurality of recording channels H04N9/804, H04N9/825 take precedence | |
H04N9/797F: | . . . by spectrum folding of the high frequency components of the luminance signal | |
H04N9/79D: | . . using intermediate digital signal processing | |
H04N9/79E: | . . Suppression of interfering signals at the reproducing side, e.g. noise | |
H04N9/79E2: | . . . the interfering signals being intermodulation signals | |
H04N9/79E4: | . . . the interfering signals being cross-talk signals | |
H04N9/79M: | . . for more than one processing mode | |
H04N9/79M2: | . . . for more than one standard | |
H04N9/80: | . . Transformation of the television signal for recording, e.g. modulation, frequency changing; Inverse transformation for playback | |
H04N9/802: | . . . involving processing of the sound signal | |
H04N9/804: | . . . involving pulse code modulation of the colour picture signal components | |
H04N9/804B: | . . . . involving data reduction | |
H04N9/804B2: | . . . . . using predictive coding | |
H04N9/804B3: | . . . . . using transform coding | |
H04N9/806: | . . . . with processing of the sound signal | |
H04N9/806S: | . . . . . using time division multiplex of the PCM audio and PCM video signals | |
H04N9/806S2: | . . . . . . with insertion of the PCM audio signals in the vertical blanking interval of the PCM video signal | |
H04N9/808: | . . . involving pulse code modulation of the composite colour video-signal | |
H04N9/808B: | . . . . involving data reduction | |
H04N9/808B2: | . . . . . using predictive coding | |
H04N9/808S: | . . . . with processing of the sound signal | |
H04N9/808S2: | . . . . . using time division multiplex of the PCM audio and PCM video signals | |
H04N9/808S2B: | . . . . . . with insertion of the PCM audio signals in the vertical blanking interval of the PCM video signal | |
H04N9/81: | . . . the individual colour picture signal components being recorded sequentially only | |
H04N9/82: | . . . the individual colour picture signal components being recorded simultaneously only | |
H04N9/825: | . . . . the luminance and chrominance signals being recorded in separate channels | |
H04N9/825S: | . . . . . with sound processing | |
H04N9/82N: | . . . . involving the multiplexing of an additional signal and the colour video signal | |
H04N9/82N2: | . . . . . the additional signal being a sound signal H04N9/835 takes precedence | |
H04N9/82N2B: | . . . . . . using time division multiplex | |
H04N9/82N2D: | . . . . . . using frequency division multiplex | |
H04N9/82N4: | . . . . . the additional signal being at least another television signal | |
H04N9/82N6: | . . . . . the additional signal being a character code signal | |
H04N9/82N6B: | . . . . . . for teletext | |
H04N9/82N6D: | . . . . . . involving the use of subcodes | |
H04N9/83: | . . . . the recorded chrominance signal occupying a frequency band under the frequency band of the recorded brightness signal | |
H04N9/835: | . . . . . involving processing of the sound signal | |
H04N9/835M: | . . . . . . the sound carriers being frequency multiplexed between the luminance carrier and the chrominance carrier | |
H04N9/83D: | . . . . . using intermediate digital signal processing | |
H04N9/83H: | . . . . . using an increased bandwidth for the luminance or the chrominance signal | |
H04N9/83H2: | . . . . . . with selection of the conventional or the increased bandwidth signal, e.g. VHS or SVHS signal selection | |
H04N9/84: | . . . . . the recorded signal showing a feature, which is different in adjacent track parts, e.g. different phase or frequency | |
H04N9/85: | . . . . the recorded brightness signal occupying a frequency band totally overlapping the frequency band of the recorded chrominance signal, e.g. frequency interleaving | |
H04N9/86: | . . . the individual colour picture signal components being recorded sequentially and simultaneously, e.g. corresponding to SECAM-system | |
H04N9/87: | . . Regeneration of colour television signals | |
H04N9/873: | . . . for restoring the colour component sequence of the reproduced chrominance signal | |
H04N9/877: | . . . by assembling picture element blocks in an intermediate memory | |
H04N9/87B: | . . . using a demodulator and a remodulator, e.g. for standard conversion | |
H04N9/87M: | . . . involving the mixing of the reproduced video signal with a non-recorded signal, e.g. a text signal | |
H04N9/87R: | . . . Regeneration of a colour reference signal, e.g. the colour synchronisaton burst signal, the chrominance signal carrier | |
H04N9/88: | . . . Signal drop-out compensation | |
H04N9/882: | . . . . the signal being a composite colour television signal | |
H04N9/885: | . . . . . using a digital intermediate memory | |
H04N9/888: | . . . . for signals recorded by pulse code modulation | |
H04N9/89: | . . . Time-base error compensation | |
H04N9/893: | . . . . using an analogue memory, e.g. a CCD shift register, the delay of which is controlled by a voltage controlled oscillator | |
H04N9/896: | . . . . using a digital memory with independent write-in and read-out clock generators | |
H04N9/898: | . . . using frequency multiplication of the reproduced colour signal carrier with another auxiliary reproduced signal, e.g. a pilot signal carrier H04N9/83 takes precedence | |
H04N11/00: | Colour television systems | |
H04N11/00H: | . High definition systems | |
H04N11/00H2: | . . involving two-channel transmission | |
H04N11/00H4: | . . involving bandwidth reduction, e.g. subsampling | |
H04N11/00H6: | . . with transmission of the extra information by means of quadrature modulation | |
H04N11/02: | . with bandwidth reduction | |
H04N11/04: | . using pulse code modulation H04N11/00H takes precedence; pulse code modulation in general H03K, H03M | |
H04N11/04B: | . . Codec means | |
H04N11/04B1: | . . . involving transform coding | |
H04N11/04B2: | . . . DPCM | |
H04N11/04B3: | . . . Sub-Nyquist sampling | |
H04N11/06: | . Transmission systems characterised by the manner in which the individual colour picture signal components are combined | |
H04N11/08: | . . using sequential signals only | |
H04N11/10: | . . . in which colour signals are inserted in the blanking interval of brightness signal | |
H04N11/12: | . . using simultaneous signals only | |
H04N11/14: | . . . in which one signal, modulated in phase and amplitude, conveys colour information and a second signal conveys brightness information, e.g. NTSC-system | |
H04N11/14B: | . . . . Encoding means therefor H04N11/16 takes precedence | |
H04N11/14C: | . . . . Decoding means therefor H04N11/16 takes precedence | |
H04N11/16: | . . . . the chrominance signal alternating in phase, e.g. PAL-system | |
H04N11/16B: | . . . . . Encoding means therefor H04N11/16P takes precedence | |
H04N11/16C: | . . . . . Decoding means therefor H04N11/16P takes precedence | |
H04N11/16P: | . . . . . a resolution-increasing signal being multiplexed to the PAL-system signal, e.g. PAL-PLUS-system | |
H04N11/18: | . . using simultaneous and sequential signals, e.g. SECAM-system | |
H04N11/18B: | . . . Encoding means therefor | |
H04N11/18C: | . . . Decoding means therefor | |
H04N11/20: | . . Conversion of the manner in which the individual colour picture signal components are combined, e.g. conversion of colour television standards | |
H04N11/22: | . . . in which simultaneous signals are converted into sequential signals or vice versa | |
H04N13/00: | Stereoscopic or multiview television systems; Details thereof | |
H04N13/00X1: | . . Colour aspects (processing of colour signals per se H04N9/64)[N1110] | |
H04N13/00X11: | . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects[N1110] | |
H04N13/00X5: | . . Motion estimation from stereoscopic image signals[N1110] | |
H04N13/00X7: | . . Synthesising a monoscopic image signal from stereoscopic images, e.g. synthesising a panoramic or high resolution monoscopic image[N1110] | |
H04N13/00X9: | . . Image segmentation from stereoscopic image signals[N1110] | |
H04N13/00P: | . Stereoscopic image signal coding, multiplexing, processing, recording or transmission television signal bandwidth reduction H04N7/26; image coding for general purpose image data processing G06T9/00; transformation of the video signal for recording, including multiplexing of another television signal H04N5/92N4; for colour signals, H04N9/82N4; selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television, VOD H04N21/00; assembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. transport stream, by combining a video stream with other content or additional data, remultiplexing of multiplex streams, insertion of stuffing bits into the multiplex stream, assembling of a packetized elementary stream H04N21/236; disassembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. demultiplexing audio and video streams or extraction of additional data from a video stream, remultiplexing of multiplex streams, extraction or processing of service information at client side, disassembling of packetized elementary stream H04N21/434 | |
H04N13/00P1: | . . Processing stereoscopic image signals H04N13/00P5, H04N13/00P7 take precedence; image processing as such G06T | |
H04N13/00P11: | . . Encoding, multiplexing or demultiplexing different image signal components in stereoscopic image signals | |
H04N13/00P13: | . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects synchronization processes at server side, e.g. processing of program clock references H04N21/242; content synchronization processes at client side H04N21/43S; control signals issued by server directed to the network components or client H04N21/633; control signals issued by the network directed to the server or the client H04N21/647N; control signals issued by the client directed to the server or network components H04N21/637; transmission of management data between client and server H04N21/65 | |
H04N13/00P15: | . . Recording or reproducing stereoscopic image signals | |
H04N13/00P17: | . . Transmission of stereoscopic image signals | |
H04N13/00P19: | . . the image signal comprising non-image signal components, e.g. metadata, headers, format information or subtitles | |
H04N13/00P19M: | . . . metadata generation or processing, within selective content distribution, of descriptive data, e.g. content descriptors H04N21/84 | |
H04N13/00P19S: | . . . subtitles or other OSD information, e.g. menu data services within selective content distribution, e.g. news ticker H04N21/488; data services for displaying subtitles H04N21/488S | |
H04N13/00P1A: | . . . Transformation of stereoscopic image signals corresponding to virtual viewpoints, e.g. spatial image interpolation | |
H04N13/00P1A1: | . . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking with look around effect H04N13/02M1takes precedence | |
H04N13/00P1B: | . . . Improving the 3D impression of a stereoscopic image by modifying the image content, e.g. with filtering or addition of monoscopic depth cues | |
H04N13/00P1D: | . . . Aspects relating to depth or disparity adjustment | |
H04N13/00P1E: | . . . Equalizing the characteristics of different image components in stereoscopic images, e.g. average brightness or colour balance | |
H04N13/00P1F: | . . . Format conversion of stereoscopic images, e.g. frame-rate or size | |
H04N13/00P1R: | . . . Aspects relating to flicker and/or eyestrain reduction | |
H04N13/00P3: | . . Colour aspects processing of colour signals per se H04N9/64 | |
H04N13/00P5: | . . Coding or decoding stereoscopic image signals using bandwidth reduction[N1110] | |
H04N13/00P7: | . . Mixing stereoscopic image signals | |
H04N13/00P9: | . . Switching stereoscopic image signals | |
H04N13/00S: | . Systems where the three-dimensional effect is obtained by means of at least two 2D image signals from different viewpoint locations representing the interocular distance (optical systems for producing stereoscopic or other three dimensional effects G02B27/22)[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2: | . . Stereoscopic image signal generation[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2A: | . . . using a stereoscopic image camera (Endoscopes with stereoscopic vision A61B1/00R; Stereoscopic photography G03B35/00)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S2A1: | . . . . having a single 2D image pickup sensor[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2A1A: | . . . . . using temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated in time (H04N13/00S2A1M takes precedence)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S2A1B: | . . . . . using spectral multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated by different spectral characteristics[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S2A1D: | . . . . . using spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints on different parts of the image pickup sensor[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S2A1M: | . . . . . using the relative movement between camera and object[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2A1P: | . . . . . having a parallax barrier[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2A1S: | . . . . . having a lenticular screen (13/00S2A1T takes precedence)[N9909][C0010] | |
H04N13/00S2A1T: | . . . . . having a fly-eye lenticular screen[N0010] | |
H04N13/00S2A1V: | . . . . . having a varifocal lens or mirror[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2A2: | . . . . having two 2D image pickup sensors representing the interocular distance[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2A3: | . . . . having more than two 2D image pickup sensors[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S2A7: | . . . . Calibration aspects[N0010] | |
H04N13/00S2A8: | . . . . having several image pickup sensors with different characteristics other than location or field of view, e.g. different resolution, colour pickup characteristic or additional depth information or, where the image signals of one image pickup sensor are used to control the characteristics of at least one other image pickup sensor[N0010][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S2A9: | . . . . in combination with an electromagnetic radiation source for illuminating the subject[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S2B: | . . . Colour aspects[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2C: | . . . with monoscopic to stereoscopic image conversion (H04N13/00S2A1M takes precedence)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S2L: | . . . for generating stereoscopic image signals corresponding to more than two geometrical viewpoints[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S2M: | . . . from a 3D object model, e.g. computer generated stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2M1: | . . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S2N: | . . . for generating monoscopic and stereoscopic images or mixed monoscopic/stereoscopic images, e.g. monoscopic and stereoscopic image generating modes or a stereoscopic image overlay window in a monoscopic image background[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S2Y: | . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects[N0010] | |
H04N13/00S4: | . . Stereoscopic image displaying (Optical systems for producing stereoscopic or other three dimensional effects G02B27/22)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4A: | . . . using an autostereoscopic display, i.e. viewing by the user without the aid of special glasses[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4A1: | . . . . using a lenticular screen (13/00S4A2 takes precedence)[N9909][C0010] | |
H04N13/00S4A2: | . . . . using a fly-eye lenticular screen[N0010] | |
H04N13/00S4A3: | . . . . using a parallax barrier, e.g. spatial light modulator[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4A7: | . . . . using an array of controllable light sources or a moving aperture or light source[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4A9: | . . . . using a varifocal lens or mirror[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4B: | . . . Colour aspects[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4C: | . . . Calibration aspects[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4E: | . . . using a digital micro mirror device (DMD)[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4G: | . . . for viewing by the user with the aid of special glasses or head mounted displays (HMD), i.e. stereoscopic displaying (Spectacles or goggles insofar as they have the same features as spectacles G02C)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4G1: | . . . . with spectral multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different spectral characteristics, e.g. anaglyph method or Pullfrich method[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4G3: | . . . . with polarisation multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different polarising characteristics[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4G5: | . . . . with spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images on different parts of the display screen and using glasses to optically recombine the stereoscopic image, e.g. with prisms or mirrors[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4G7: | . . . . with temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively displaying left and right images separated in time and using glasses to alternatively block the right and left eye[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4G9: | . . . . with head mounted left-right displays (Other optical systems; Head mounted displays G02B27/01C)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4H: | . . . using a half transparent mirror or prism[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4L: | . . . for displaying simultaneously more than two geometrical viewpoints, i.e. look-around effect without observer tracking[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4M: | . . . for displaying monoscopic and stereoscopic images or mixed monoscopic/stereoscopic images, e.g. monoscopic and stereoscopic image displaying modes or a stereoscopic image overlay window in a monoscopic image background[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4P: | . . . using an image projection screen (H04N13/00V3, H04N13/00V5, H04N13/00V7 take precedence)[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4T: | . . . using observer tracking (Computer input/output arrangements in interaction with the human body G06F3/00B8)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4T1: | . . . . for several observers[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4T11: | . . . . for tracking with gaze detection, i.e. detecting the lines of sight of the observers eyes[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4T2: | . . . . for tracking with variable interoccular distance or rotational head movements around the vertical axes[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4T3: | . . . . for tracking forward-backward translational head movements, i.e. longitudinal movements[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4T5: | . . . . for tracking left-right translational head movements, i.e. lateral movements[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S4T7: | . . . . for tracking rotational head movements in a plane parallel to the screen[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4T9: | . . . . for tracking vertical translational head movements[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S4U: | . . . alternating rapidly the location of the left-right image components on the display screen[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4V: | . . . using a volumetric display, i.e. systems where the image is built up from picture elements distributed over a volume[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4V1: | . . . . the picture elements emitting light where a pair of light beams intersect in a transparent material[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4V3: | . . . . the volume being generated by a moving, e.g. vibrating or rotating, surface[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4V5: | . . . . with depth sampling, i.e. the volume being constructed from a stack or sequence of 2D image planes[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S4Y: | . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects[N9909][C0010] | |
H04N13/00S6: | . . Stereoscopic image signal coding, multiplexing, processing, recording or transmission (Television signal bandwith reduction H04N7/26; Image coding for general purpose image data processing G06T9/00; Systems for the transmision of television signals using pulse code modulation H04N7/24)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S6B: | . . . Colour aspects[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6C: | . . . Coding or decoding stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6M: | . . . Mixing stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6P: | . . . Processing stereoscopic image signals (H04N13/00S6C, H04N13/00S6M take precedence)[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6P1: | . . . . Transformation of stereoscopic image signals corresponding to virtual viewpoints, e.g. spatial image interpolation[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6P1V: | . . . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking with look around effect (H04N13/00S2M1 takes precedence)[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6P3: | . . . . Improving the 3D impression of a displayed stereoscopic image, e.g. with filtering or addition of monoscopic depth cues[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S6P5: | . . . . Format conversion of stereoscopic images, e.g. frame-rate, size,...[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S6P7: | . . . . Equalizing the characteristics of different image components in stereoscopic images, e.g. average brightness or colour balance[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S6P7A: | . . . . . (not used)(Equalizing the characteristics of different image components in stereoscopic images, e.g. average brightness, colour balance or left/right image alignment) | |
H04N13/00S6R: | . . . Recording or reproducing stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6S: | . . . Switching stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6T: | . . . Transmission of stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6U: | . . . Multiplexing or demultiplexing different image signal components in stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S6Y: | . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects[N9909][C0010] | |
H04N13/00S8: | . . Stereoscopic image analysis (Image analysis in general G06T7/00)[N9909][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S8B: | . . . Colour aspects[N0307] | |
H04N13/00S8D: | . . . Depth or disparity estimation from stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S8M: | . . . Motion estimation from stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S8O: | . . . Determination of areas of overlap in left and right images | |
H04N13/00S8P: | . . . Synthesising a monoscopic image signal from stereoscopic images, e.g. synthesising a panoramic or high resolution monoscopic image[N9909][C0010][C0307] | |
H04N13/00S8S: | . . . Image segmentation from stereoscopic image signals[N9909] | |
H04N13/00S8Y: | . . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects[N0307] | |
H04N13/00V0: | . . Colour aspects | |
H04N13/00X: | . Stereoscopic image analysis (image analysis in general G06T7/00)[N1110] | |
H04N13/00X3: | . . Depth or disparity estimation from stereoscopic image signals[N1110] | |
H04N13/02: | . Picture signal generators | |
H04N13/02A: | . . using a stereoscopic image camera endoscopes with stereoscopic vision A61B1/00R; stereoscopic photography G03B35/00 | |
H04N13/02A1: | . . . involving a single 2D image pickup sensor | |
H04N13/02A1A: | . . . . using temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated in time H04N13/02A1M takes precedence | |
H04N13/02A1B: | . . . . using spectral multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints separated by different spectral characteristics | |
H04N13/02A1D: | . . . . using spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously capturing several geometrical viewpoints on different parts of the image pickup sensor | |
H04N13/02A1M: | . . . . using the relative movement between camera and object | |
H04N13/02A1P: | . . . . having a parallax barrier | |
H04N13/02A1S: | . . . . having a lenticular screen H04N13/02A1T takes precedence | |
H04N13/02A1T: | . . . . having a fly-eye lenticular screen | |
H04N13/02A1V: | . . . . having a varifocal lens or mirror | |
H04N13/02A2: | . . . having two 2D image pickup sensors representing the interocular distance | |
H04N13/02A3: | . . . having more than two 2D image pickup sensors | |
H04N13/02A7: | . . . Calibration aspects relating to the control of a stereoscopic camera (processing of captured images to determine and compensate stereo camera misalignment, e.g. stereo camera calibration G06T7/00C1 | |
H04N13/02A8: | . . . having several image pickup sensors with different characteristics other than location or field of view, e.g. different resolution, colour pickup characteristic or additional depth information or, where the image signals of one image pickup sensor are used to control the characteristics of at least one other image pickup sensor | |
H04N13/02A9: | . . . in combination with an electromagnetic radiation source for illuminating the subject | |
H04N13/02B: | . . Colour aspects processing of color signals per se H04N9/64 | |
H04N13/02C: | . . with monoscopic to stereoscopic image conversion H04N13/02A1M takes precedence | |
H04N13/02C1: | . . . using the relative movement of objects in two video frames or fields | |
H04N13/02C2: | . . . by scanning a film | |
H04N13/02D: | . . wherein the generated image signal comprises a depth map or a disparity map depth map generation as such H04N13/00X3, G06T/00R7S | |
H04N13/02E: | . . from a 3D object model, e.g. computer generated stereoscopic image signals | |
H04N13/02E1: | . . . the virtual viewpoint location being selected by the observer, e.g. observer tracking | |
H04N13/02L: | . . for generating stereoscopic image signals corresponding to more than two geometrical viewpoints, e.g. multiview systems | |
H04N13/02M: | . . having a monoscopic mode and a separate stereoscopic mode | |
H04N13/02M1: | . . . details relating to the switching between said modes | |
H04N13/02N: | . . generating mixed monoscopic/stereoscopic images, e.g. a stereoscopic image overlay window in a monoscopic image background | |
H04N13/02Y: | . . Synchronisation or controlling aspects synchronization processes at server side, e.g. processing of program clock references H04N21/242; content synchronization processes at client side H04N21/43S | |
H04N13/04: | . Picture reproducers optical systems for producing stereoscopic or other three dimensional effects G02B27/22 | |
H04N13/04A: | . . using an autostereoscopic display, i.e. viewing by the user without the aid of special glasses | |
H04N13/04A1: | . . . using a lenticular screen H04N13/04A2 takes precedence | |
H04N13/04A2: | . . . using a fly-eye lenticular screen | |
H04N13/04A3: | . . . using a parallax barrier, e.g. spatial light modulator | |
H04N13/04A3A: | . . . . the parallax barrier being placed behind the spatial light modulator, e.g. between backlight and SLM | |
H04N13/04A3B: | . . . . the parallax barrier being time-variant | |
H04N13/04A4: | . . . with slanted parallax optics | |
H04N13/04A7: | . . . using an array of controllable light sources or a moving aperture or light source | |
H04N13/04A9: | . . . using a varifocal lens or mirror | |
H04N13/04B: | . . [N: Colour aspects | |
H04N13/04C: | . . Calibration aspects | |
H04N13/04D: | . . using a digital micro mirror device [DMD ] | |
H04N13/04G: | . . for viewing by the user with the aid of special glasses or head mounted displays [HMD ), i.e. stereoscopic displaying (spectacles or goggles insofar as they have the same features as spectacles G02C)] | |
H04N13/04G1: | . . . with spectral multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different spectral characteristics, e.g. anaglyph method or Pulfrich method | |
H04N13/04G3: | . . . with polarisation multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images separated using glasses with different polarising characteristics | |
H04N13/04G5: | . . . with spatial multiplexing, i.e. simultaneously displaying left and right images on different parts of the display screen and using glasses to optically recombine the stereoscopic image, e.g. with prisms or mirrors H04N13/04G3 takes precedence | |
H04N13/04G7: | . . . with temporal multiplexing, i.e. alternatively displaying left and right images separated in time and using glasses to alternatively block the right and left eye | |
H04N13/04G9: | . . . with head mounted left-right displays optical head mounted displays G02B27/01C | |
H04N13/04H: | . . using a half transparent mirror or prism | |
H04N13/04L: | . . for displaying more than two geometrical viewpoints without observer tracking, i.e. multiview displays | |
H04N13/04L1: | . . . simultaneously | |
H04N13/04L2: | . . . sequentially | |
H04N13/04M: | . . having a monoscopic mode and a separate stereoscopic mode | |
H04N13/04M1: | . . . details of mode switching | |
H04N13/04N: | . . generating mixed monoscopic or stereoscopic images, e.g. a stereoscopic image overlay window on a monoscopic image background | |
H04N13/04P: | . . using an image projection screen H04N13/00V3, H04N13/00V5 take precedence; projection devices per se H04N9/31 | |
H04N13/04T: | . . using observer tracking computer input or output arrangements in interaction with the human body G06F3/00B8 | |
H04N13/04T1: | . . . for several observers | |
H04N13/04T11: | . . . for tracking with gaze detection, i.e. detecting the lines of sight of the observers eyes | |
H04N13/04T2: | . . . for tracking with variable interocular distance or rotational head movements around the vertical axes | |
H04N13/04T3: | . . . for tracking forward-backward translational head movements, i.e. longitudinal movements | |
H04N13/04T5: | . . . for tracking left-right translational head movements, i.e. lateral movements | |
H04N13/04T7: | . . . for tracking rotational head movements in a plane parallel to the screen | |
H04N13/04T9: | . . . for tracking vertical translational head movements | |
H04N13/04U: | . . alternating rapidly the location of the left-right image components on the display screen | |
H04N13/04V: | . . Volumetric display, i.e. systems where the image is built up from picture elements distributed over a volume | |
H04N13/04V1: | . . . the picture elements emitting light where a pair of light beams intersect in a transparent material | |
H04N13/04V3: | . . . the volume being generated by a moving, e.g. vibrating or rotating, surface | |
H04N13/04V5: | . . . with depth sampling, i.e. the volume being constructed from a stack or sequence of 2D image planes | |
H04N13/04Y: | . . Synchronisation or controlling aspectssynchronization processes at server side, e.g. processing of program clock references H04N21/242; content synchronization processes at client side H04N21/43S | |
H04N17/00: | Diagnosis, testing or measuring for television systems or their details | |
H04N17/00C: | . for television cameras | |
H04N17/00N: | . for digital television systems | |
H04N17/02: | . for colour television signals | |
H04N17/04: | . for receivers | |
H04N17/04B: | . . Self-contained testing apparatus | |
H04N17/06: | . for recorders | |
H04N19/00: | Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals | |
H04N19/00A: | . [N: using adaptive coding] | |
H04N19/00A1: | . . [N: characterised by an element, parameter or selection affected, i.e. controlled, by the adaptive coding] | |
H04N19/00A1C: | . . . [N: Coding or prediction mode selection] | |
H04N19/00A1C1: | . . . . [N: Selection of the reference unit for prediction within a chosen coding or prediction mode, e.g. weighted prediction or adaptive choice of position and number of pixels used for prediction] | |
H04N19/00A1C2: | . . . . [N: between spatial and temporal predictive coding, e.g. picture refresh or intra-inter mode decision] | |
H04N19/00A1C3: | . . . . [N: among a plurality of temporal predictive coding modes] | |
H04N19/00A1C4: | . . . . [N: among a plurality of spatial predictive coding modes] | |
H04N19/00A1C5: | . . . . [N: suitable for a given display mode, e.g. for interlaced or progressive display mode] | |
H04N19/00A1C6: | . . . . [N: Structure of a group-of-pictures [GOP], e.g. number of B-frames between two anchor frames (H04N19/00A1C2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00A1E: | . . . [N: Code volume assigned before coding to a coding unit] | |
H04N19/00A1F: | . . . [N: Filter, e.g. for pre- or post-processing (sub-band filter banks H04N19/00Q4A)] | |
H04N19/00A1G: | . . . [N: Selection of the subdivision of a picture into coding blocks, e.g. having a rectangular or non-rectangular shape] | |
H04N19/00A1K: | . . . [N: Selection from a plurality of transforms or standards, e.g. selection between discrete cosine transform [DCT] and subband or selection between H.263 and H.264] | |
H04N19/00A1K1: | . . . . [N: Selection of transform size, e.g. 8x8 or 2x4x8 DCT, or subband transforms of varying structure or type] | |
H04N19/00A1Q: | . . . [N: Quantisation] | |
H04N19/00A1Q1: | . . . . [N: characterized by details about quantisation, normalisation or weighting functions, e.g. normalisation parameters or matrices, variable uniform quantisers or weighting matrices] | |
H04N19/00A1R: | . . . [N: Prioritisation of hardware or computational resources] | |
H04N19/00A1S: | . . . [N: Scanning of coding units, e.g. zig-zag scan of transform coefficients] | |
H04N19/00A1S1: | . . . . [N: using flexible macroblock ordering [FMO]] | |
H04N19/00A1V: | . . . [N: Adaptive entropy coding, e.g. adaptive variable length coding, Huffman or arithmetic coding] | |
H04N19/00A1Z: | . . . [N: Sampling, masking or truncation of coding units, e.g. adaptive resampling, frame skipping, frame interpolation or high frequency transform coefficient masking] | |
H04N19/00A2: | . . [N: characterised by an element, parameter or criterion affecting, i.e. controlling, the adaptive coding] | |
H04N19/00A2C: | . . . [N: Incoming video signal characteristics or properties] | |
H04N19/00A2C1: | . . . . [N: Measure of motion inside a coding unit, e.g. average field, frame or block difference] | |
H04N19/00A2C1A: | . . . . . [N: using motion vectors] | |
H04N19/00A2C2: | . . . . [N: Measure of coding unit complexity, e.g. activity measure or edge presence estimation (H04N19/00A2E takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00A2D: | . . . [N: Detection of scene cut or change] | |
H04N19/00A2E: | . . . [N: Data rate or code amount at the encoder output] | |
H04N19/00A2E1: | . . . . [N: related to rate-distortion (rate-distortion as a criterion for motion estimation H04N19/00P1M12)] | |
H04N19/00A2E2: | . . . . [N: with estimation of the code amount by means of a model, e.g. mathematical model or statistical model] | |
H04N19/00A2E3: | . . . . [N: with measurement and check of actual compressed data size at the memory before deciding storage at the transmission buffer] | |
H04N19/00A2E4: | . . . . [N: with measurement of buffer fullness] | |
H04N19/00A2Q: | . . . [N: Objective or estimated subjective visual quality after decoding, e.g. measurement of distortion (use of rate-distortion criteria H04N19/00A2E1)] | |
H04N19/00A2R: | . . . [N: Availability of hardware or computational resources, e.g. encoding based on power-saving criteria] | |
H04N19/00A2S: | . . . [N: Assigned coding mode, i.e. the coding mode is predefined or preselected to be further used for selection of another element or parameter] | |
H04N19/00A2S1: | . . . . [N: Prediction type, e.g. intra, inter or bidirectional] | |
H04N19/00A2S2: | . . . . [N: suitable for a given display mode, e.g. for interlaced or progressive display mode] | |
H04N19/00A2U: | . . . [N: User input] | |
H04N19/00A2W: | . . . [N: Feedback from the receiver or from the transmission channel] | |
H04N19/00A2W1: | . . . . [N: Measure of transmission errors, e.g. bit-error-rate [BER]] | |
H04N19/00A2Z: | . . . [N: Position within a video image, e.g. region of interest [ROI]] | |
H04N19/00A3: | . . [N: characterised by the structural or semantic portion of the video signal being the object or the subject of the adaptive control during the coding, i.e. the coding unit (H04N19/00A1, H04N19/00A2 take precedence)] | |
H04N19/00A3A: | . . . [N: the unit being an image region, e.g. object] | |
H04N19/00A3A1: | . . . . [N: where the region is a picture, frame or field] | |
H04N19/00A3A2: | . . . . [N: where the region is a slice, e.g. line of blocks or group of blocks] | |
H04N19/00A3A4: | . . . . [N: where the region is a block or a macroblock] | |
H04N19/00A3B: | . . . [N: the unit being a group-of-pictures [GOP]] | |
H04N19/00A3C: | . . . [N: the unit being a scene or shot] | |
H04N19/00A3D: | . . . [N: the unit being a set of transform coefficients] | |
H04N19/00A3E: | . . . [N: the unit being a pixel, e.g. luminance value] | |
H04N19/00A3F: | . . . [N: the unit being bits, e.g. of the compressed video stream] | |
H04N19/00A3H: | . . . [N: the unit being a colour or chrominance component] | |
H04N19/00A3K: | . . . [N: the unit being a scalable video layer] | |
H04N19/00A3P: | . . . [N: the unit being a video data packet, e.g. a network abstraction layer [NAL] unit] | |
H04N19/00A3S: | . . . [N: the unit relating to sub-band structure, e.g. hierarchical level, directional tree, e.g. low-high [LH], high-low [HL], high-high [HH]] | |
H04N19/00A3V: | . . . [N: the unit being a variable length codeword] | |
H04N19/00A4: | . . [N: characterised by a formulation applied to the adaptation, e.g. adaptation method or type] | |
H04N19/00A4L: | . . . [N: using Lagrange multiplier based optimisation] | |
H04N19/00A4N: | . . . [N: the formulation being iterative or recursive] | |
H04N19/00A4N1: | . . . . [N: involving two passes] | |
H04N19/00A4P: | . . . [N: adapted to the computation of encoding parameters, e.g. by averaging previously computed encoding parameters (H04N19/00P1M14 takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00A4P1: | . . . . [N: including determination of the initial value of an encoding parameter (H04N19/00P1M10 takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00A4P2: | . . . . [N: including smoothing of a sequence of encoding parameters, e.g. by averaging, by choice of the maximum, minimum or median value] | |
H04N19/00B: | . [N: using video object coding] | |
H04N19/00B1: | . . [N: with binary alpha-plane coding for video objects, e.g. context based arithmetic encoding [CAE]] | |
H04N19/00B2: | . . [N: with coding of regions that are present throughout a whole video segment, e.g. sprites, background or mosaic] | |
H04N19/00B3: | . . [N: with scene description coding, e.g. binary format for scenes [BIFS] compression] | |
H04N19/00B4: | . . [N: involving both synthetic and natural picture components, e.g. synthetic natural hybrid coding [SNHC]] | |
H04N19/00B5: | . . [N: involving scalability at the object level, e.g. video object layers [VOL]] | |
H04N19/00C: | . [N: using hierarchical techniques, e.g. scalability (H04N19/00Q4 takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00C1: | . . [N: in the temporal domain] | |
H04N19/00C2: | . . [N: in the spatial domain] | |
H04N19/00C3: | . . [N: Scalability techniques involving progressive bit-plane based encoding of enhancement layer, e.g. fine granular scalability [FGS]] | |
H04N19/00C4: | . . [N: Scalability techniques involving formatting the layers as function of picture distortion after decoding, e.g. signal-to-noise [SNR] scalability] | |
H04N19/00C5: | . . [N: with arrangements to assign different transmission priorities to video input data or to video coded data] | |
H04N19/00C6: | . . [N: involving multiple description coding [MDC], i.e. separate layers are structured as independently decodable descriptions of input picture data, e.g. for an input picture sending an I-frame and a P-frame of the same picture] | |
H04N19/00C7: | . . [N: involving distributed video coding [DVC], e.g. Wyner-Ziv video coding or Slepian-Wolf video coding] | |
H04N19/00D: | . [N: using video transcoding, i.e. partial or full decoding of a coded input stream and re-encoding of the decoded output stream] | |
H04N19/00E: | . [N: characterised by implementation details or hardware specific for video compression or decompression, e.g. dedicated software implementation, memory arrangements, parallel processing or hardware for motion estimation or compensation (H04N 19/00Q4A takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00E1: | . . [N: involving memory arrangements (H04N19/00E2A takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00E1A: | . . . [N: using memory downsizing methods] | |
H04N19/00E1A1: | . . . . [N: Display on the fly, e.g. simultaneous writing to and reading from decoding memory] | |
H04N19/00E1A2: | . . . . [N: Recompression, e.g. by spatial or temporal decimation] | |
H04N19/00E2: | . . [N: hardware especially adapted for motion estimation or compensation] | |
H04N19/00E2A: | . . . [N: characterised by techniques for memory access] | |
H04N19/00E3: | . . [N: using parallelised computational arrangements] | |
H04N19/00E4: | . . [N: using cascaded computational arrangements for performing a single operation, e.g. filtering] | |
H04N19/00F: | . [N: Decoders specifically adapted therefor, e.g. video decoders which are asymmetric with the encoder] | |
H04N19/00F1: | . . [N: performing compensation of the inverse transform mismatch, e.g. Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform [IDCT] mismatch] | |
H04N19/00G: | . [N: for transmitting additional information in the video signal during the compression process, e.g. the additional information being encoding parameters (H04N19/00P1M14E, H04N19/00R3, H04N19/00S take precedence)] | |
H04N19/00G1: | . . [N: by compressing encoding parameters before transmission] | |
H04N19/00G2: | . . [N: characterised by embedding the information to be invisible] | |
H04N19/00H: | . [N: using compressed domain processing techniques other than decoding, e.g. modification of transform coefficients, of VLC data or of run-length data (motion estimation in a transform domain H04N19/00P1M6; Processing of decoded motion vectors H04N19/00P1M14)] | |
H04N19/00P: | . [N: using predictive coding (H04N19/00Q1 takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00P1: | . . [N: involving temporal prediction] | |
H04N19/00P1D: | . . . [N: using conditional replenishment] | |
H04N19/00P1M: | . . . [N: Motion estimation or compensation therefor] | |
H04N19/00P1M1: | . . . . [N: Global motion vector estimation] | |
H04N19/00P1M10: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation with initialization of the vector search, e.g. estimating a good candidate to initiate a search] | |
H04N19/00P1M11: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation with padding, i.e. filling non-object values in an arbitrary shaped picture block or region for estimation purposes] | |
H04N19/00P1M12: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation based on rate-distortion criteria] | |
H04N19/00P1M13: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation characterised by having a search window with variable size or shape] | |
H04N19/00P1M14: | . . . . [N: Processing of motion vectors, e.g. details on the further processing of determined or generated motion vectors] | |
H04N19/00P1M14E: | . . . . . [N: by encoding] | |
H04N19/00P1M14E1: | . . . . . . [N: the encoding being predictive] | |
H04N19/00P1M14R: | . . . . . [N: for estimating the reliability of the determined motion vectors or motion vector field, e.g. for smoothing the motion vector field or for correcting motion vectors] | |
H04N19/00P1M15: | . . . . [N: Motion compensation with overlapping blocks] | |
H04N19/00P1M16: | . . . . [N: with multiple frame prediction using more than one reference frame in a given prediction direction] | |
H04N19/00P1M17: | . . . . [N: with bidirectional frame interpolation, i.e. use of B-pictures] | |
H04N19/00P1M18: | . . . . [N: with long-term prediction, i.e. the reference frame for a current frame is not the temporally closest one (H04N19/00B2 takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00P1M19: | . . . . [N: Block-based motion compensation (H04N19/00P1M15 takes precedence)] | |
H04N19/00P1M2: | . . . . [N: Multiresolution motion estimation] | |
H04N19/00P1M20: | . . . . [N: Motion compensation with sub-pixel interpolation] | |
H04N19/00P1M21: | . . . . [N: Non block-based motion compensation] | |
H04N19/00P1M3: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation using multistep search, e.g. 3-step, 2D-log or one-at-a-time search [OTS]] | |
H04N19/00P1M4: | . . . . [N: Non block-based motion estimation] | |
H04N19/00P1M4P: | . . . . . [N: using feature points or meshes] | |
H04N19/00P1M4R: | . . . . . [N: using regions] | |
H04N19/00P1M5: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation with sub-pixel accuracy] | |
H04N19/00P1M6: | . . . . [N: performed in a transform domain] | |
H04N19/00P1M7: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation with spatial constraints, e.g. at image or region borders] | |
H04N19/00P1M8: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation dealing with occlusions] | |
H04N19/00P1M9: | . . . . [N: Motion estimation characterised by stopping computation or iteration based on certain criteria, e.g. error magnitude is too large or early exit] | |
H04N19/00P2: | . . [N: involving temporal sub-sampling or interpolation, e.g. decimation or subsequent interpolation of pictures in a video sequence] | |
H04N19/00P3: | . . [N: involving spatial sub-sampling or interpolation, e.g. alteration of picture size or resolution] | |
H04N19/00P4: | . . [N: involving spatial prediction techniques] | |
H04N19/00P5: | . . [N: adapted to multi-view video sequence encoding] | |
H04N19/00Q: | . [N: using transform coding] | |
H04N19/00Q1: | . . [N: in combination with predictive coding] | |
H04N19/00Q1A: | . . . [N: using motion compensated temporal filtering [MCTF]] | |
H04N19/00Q1S: | . . . [N: using sub-band intra-band or inter-band prediction] | |
H04N19/00Q1T: | . . . [N: the transform being operated outside the prediction loop] | |
H04N19/00Q2: | . . [N: by transforming in more than two frequency dimensions] | |
H04N19/00Q3: | . . [N: the transform being discrete cosine transform [DCT]] | |
H04N19/00Q4: | . . [N: the transform being sub-band based, e.g. wavelets] | |
H04N19/00Q4A: | . . . [N: characterised by filter definition or implementation details] | |
H04N19/00Q4B: | . . . [N: characterised by ordering of coefficients or bits for transmission] | |
H04N19/00Q4B1: | . . . . [N: by grouping of coefficients into blocks after the transform] | |
H04N19/00Q4B2: | . . . . [N: using significance based coding, e.g. Embedded Zerotrees of Wavelets [EZW] or Set Partitioning in Hierarchical Trees [SPIHT]] | |
H04N19/00Q5: | . . [N: the transform being applied to non rectangular image segments] | |
H04N19/00R: | . [N: using error resilience, e.g. data partitioning, resync markers or reversible VLC [RVLC]] | |
H04N19/00R1: | . . [N: involving data partitioning, i.e. separation of data into packets or partitions according to importance] | |
H04N19/00R2: | . . [N: involving unequal error protection, i.e. providing more protection according to the importance of the data] | |
H04N19/00R3: | . . [N: involving the insertion of resynchronisation markers into the bitstream] | |
H04N19/00R4: | . . [N: involving reversible variable length codes] | |
H04N19/00S: | . [N: characterised by syntax aspects related to video coding, e.g. in relation with compression standards] | |
H04N19/00T: | . Details of filtering operation specially adapted to video compression, e.g. for pixel interpolation H04N 19/00Q4A, H04N19/00V1 take precedence | |
H04N19/00T1: | . . involving filtering within a prediction loop | |
H04N19/00V: | . using pre-processing or post-processing specially adapted to video compression | |
H04N19/00V1: | . . involving reduction of coding artifacts, e.g. of blockiness | |
H04N19/00V1A: | . . . with detection of the former encoding block subdivision in decompressed video | |
H04N19/00V2: | . . involving scene cut or change detection in conjunction with video compression | |
H04N19/00V3: | . . involving rearrangement of data among different coding units, e.g. shuffling, interleaving, scrambling, permutation of pixel data or permutation of transform coefficient data among different blocks | |
H04N19/00V4: | . . including methods or arrangements for detection of transmission errors at the decoder | |
H04N19/00V4A: | . . . in combination with error concealment | |
H04N19/00W: | . using special coding techniques not provided for in groups H04N19/00A - H04N19/00V4A, e.g. vector quantisation, quad-tree, matching pursuit or fractals | |
H04N19/00W1: | . . for entropy coding, e.g. variable length coding [VLC , arithmetic coding (entropy coding in adaptive coding H04N 19/00A1V)] | |
H04N19/00W2: | . . involving run-length coding | |
H04N19/00W3: | . . Vector quantisation | |
H04N19/00W4: | . . Tree coding, e.g. quad-tree | |
H04N19/00W5: | . . Matching pursuit coding | |
H04N19/00W6: | . . Adaptive-dynamic-range coding [ADRC ] | |
H04N19/00W7: | . . using noise or error feedback, e.g. quantisation noise feedback | |
H04N19/00W8: | . . involving fractal coding | |
H04N21/00: | Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television, VOD [Video On Demand] | |
H04N21/20: | . Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof | |
H04N21/21: | . . Server components or server architectures | |
H04N21/214: | . . . Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital arrangements specially adapted for local area broadcast systems H04H20/61 | |
H04N21/214B: | . . . . [located in a single building, e.g. hotel, hospital or museum ] | |
H04N21/214T: | . . . . [located in mass transportation means, e.g. aircraft, train or bus ] | |
H04N21/218: | . . . [Source of audio or video content, e.g. local disk arrays ] | |
H04N21/2183: | . . . . [Cache memory ] | |
H04N21/2187: | . . . . [Live feed] | |
H04N21/218M: | . . . . [enabling multiple viewpoints, e.g. using a plurality of cameras] | |
H04N21/218R: | . . . . [comprising remotely distributed storage units, e.g. when movies are replicated over a plurality of video servers ] | |
H04N21/218S: | . . . . [comprising local storage units] | |
H04N21/218S1: | . . . . . [involving memory arrays, e.g. RAID disk arrays ] | |
H04N21/218S3: | . . . . . [involving removable storage units, e.g. tertiary storage such as magnetic tapes or optical disks] | |
H04N21/222: | . . . Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television head-end intermediate processing or storage in data networks H04L29/08N27 | |
H04N21/2225: | . . . . local VOD servers | |
H04N21/222H: | . . . . being a cable television head-end CATV in broadcast systems H04H20/78 | |
H04N21/222P: | . . . . being a public access point, e.g. for downloading to or uploading from clients arrangements specially adapted to plural spots in a confined site in broadcast systems H04H20/63 | |
H04N21/225: | . . . . local VOD servers[N1105] | |
H04N21/226: | . . . Characteristics of the server or Internal components of the server | |
H04N21/226N: | . . . . Server identification by a unique number or address, e.g. serial number addressing and naming in data networks H04L29/12A | |
H04N21/23: | . . Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware | |
H04N21/231: | . . . Content storage operation, e.g. caching movies for short term storage, replicating data over plural servers, prioritizing data for deletion | |
H04N21/2312: | . . . . Data placement on disk arrays data placement in general G06F3/06M | |
H04N21/2315: | . . . . . using interleaving | |
H04N21/2318: | . . . . . using striping | |
H04N21/231B: | . . . . using load balancing strategies, e.g. by placing or distributing content on different disks, different memories or different servers storage management G06F3/06M; allocation of resources considering the load in multiprogramming arrangements G06F9/50A6L; techniques for rebalancing the load in a distributed system G06F9/50L; access to distributed or replicated servers, e.g. load balancing, in data networks H04L29/08N9A | |
H04N21/231C: | . . . . involving caching operations prefetching while addressing of a memory level in which the access to the desired data or data block requires associative addressing means within memory systems or architectures G06F12/08B8; caching at an intermediate stage in a data network H04L29/08N27S | |
H04N21/231D: | . . . . by placing content in organized collections, e.g. EPG data repository details of retrieval of video data and associated meta data in video databases G06F17/30M5 | |
H04N21/231H: | . . . . involving housekeeping operations for stored content, e.g. prioritizing content for deletion because of storage space restrictions storage management, e.g. defragmentation G06F3/06M; snloading stored programs G06F9/445; housekeeping operations in file systems, e.g. deletion policies G06F17/30F; buffering arrangements in a network node or in an end terminal in packet networks H04L12/56Q1 | |
H04N21/231R: | . . . . involving data replication, e.g. over plural servers synchronization of replicated data G06F11/16D; error detection or correction by means of data replication G06F11/20S; replication in distributed file systems G06F17/30F; replication in distributed file systems G06F17/30N; replication or mirroring of data in data networks H04L29/08N9R | |
H04N21/232: | . . . Content retrieval operation locally within server, e.g. reading video streams from disk arrays storage management G06F3/06M; details of querying and searching of video data from a database G06F17/30M5 | |
H04N21/232M: | . . . . using file mapping | |
H04N21/232S: | . . . . Scheduling disk or memory reading operations | |
H04N21/233: | . . . Processing of audio elementary streams details of formatting and decoding of an encoded audio signal representation into a data stream for transmission or storage purposes G10L19/14S; arrangements characterised by components specially adapted for monitoring, identification or recognition of audio in broadcast systems H04H60/58 | |
H04N21/233R: | . . . . involving reformatting operations of audio signals, e.g. by converting from one coding standard to another details of audio signal transcoding G10L19/14T | |
H04N21/234: | . . . Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing of content streams, manipulating MPEG-4 scene graphs (video encoding or transcoding processes per se H04N 7/26) | |
H04N21/2343: | . . . . involving reformatting operations of video signals for distribution or compliance with end-user requests or end-user device requirements [N:media manipulation, adaptation or conversion at the source in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M6C2; video transcoding H04N7/26T | |
H04N21/2343F: | . . . . . by transcoding between formats or standards, e.g. from MPEG-2 to MPEG-4 or from Quicktime to Realvideo conversion of standards in analog television systems H04N7/01 | |
H04N21/2343J: | . . . . . by decomposing into objects, e.g. MPEG-4 objects | |
H04N21/2343L: | . . . . . by decomposing into layers, e.g. base layer and one or more enhancement layers | |
H04N21/2343M: | . . . . . by media transcoding, e.g. video is transformed into a slideshow of still pictures or audio is converted into text | |
H04N21/2343P: | . . . . . the reformatting operation being performed only on part of the stream, e.g. a region of the image or a time segment | |
H04N21/2343Q: | . . . . . by altering signal-to-noise ratio parameters, e.g. requantization | |
H04N21/2343S: | . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution, e.g. for clients with a lower screen resolution | |
H04N21/2343S1: | . . . . . . for performing aspect ratio conversion | |
H04N21/2343T: | . . . . . by altering the temporal resolution, e.g. decreasing the frame rate by frame skipping | |
H04N21/2343V: | . . . . . for generating different versions | |
H04N21/2347: | . . . . involving video stream encryption arrangements for secret or secure communication H04L 9/00, analogue secrecy systems H04N 7/16; Arrangements using cryptography for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/23; arrangements for preventing the taking of data from a data transmission channel without authorisation H04L12/22; security arrangements in wireless networks H04W12/00 | |
H04N21/2347B: | . . . . . by pre-encrypting | |
H04N21/2347P: | . . . . . by partially encrypting, e.g. encrypting the ending portion of a movie | |
H04N21/234B: | . . . . involving management of server-side video buffer | |
H04N21/234C: | . . . . for generating or manipulating the scene composition of objects, e.g. MPEG-4 objects | |
H04N21/234D: | . . . . involving operations for analysing video streams, e.g. detecting features or characteristics filtering for image enhancement G06T5/00; methods or arrangements for recognising scenes G06K9/00V; arrangements characterised by components specially adapted for monitoring, identification or recognition of video in broadcast systems H04H60/59; television picture signal circuitry for scene change detection H04N5/14S | |
H04N21/234S: | . . . . involving splicing one content stream with another content stream, e.g. for inserting or substituting an advertisement | |
H04N21/235: | . . . Processing of additional data, e.g. scrambling of additional data, processing content descriptors arrangements for simultaneous broadcast of plural pieces of information H04H20/28 | |
H04N21/235E: | . . . . involving encryption of additional data arrangements using cryptography for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/23 | |
H04N21/235M: | . . . . specifically adapted to content descriptors, e.g. coding, compressing or processing of metadata | |
H04N21/235R: | . . . . involving reformatting operations of additional data, e.g. HTML pages optimising the visualization of content for information retrieval from the Internet G06F17/30W9V; message adaptation based on network or terminal capabilities in stored and forward packet switching H04L12/58C; media manipulation, adaptation or conversion at the source in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M6C2 | |
H04N21/235R1: | . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution | |
H04N21/235R2: | . . . . . for generating different versions, e.g. for different recipient devices | |
H04N21/236: | . . . Assembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. transport stream, by combining a video stream with other content or additional data, e.g. inserting a Uniform Resource Locator [URL] into a video stream, multiplexing software data into a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Insertion of stuffing bits into the multiplex stream, e.g. to obtain a constant bit-rate; Assembling of a packetized elementary stream multiplexing of data packets for data networks, e.g. RTP/UDP H04L65/00; stereoscopic image multiplexing or transmission H04N13/00P | |
H04N21/2362: | . . . . Generation or processing of Service Information [SI ] | |
H04N21/2365: | . . . . Multiplexing of several video streams | |
H04N21/2365S: | . . . . . Statistical multiplexing, e.g. by controlling the encoder to alter its bitrate to optimize the bandwidth utilization | |
H04N21/2368: | . . . . Multiplexing of audio and video streams | |
H04N21/236B: | . . . . Multiplexing isochronously with the video sync, e.g. according to bit-parallel or bit-serial interface formats, as SDI | |
H04N21/236P: | . . . . Creation or processing of packetized elementary streams [PES ] | |
H04N21/236R: | . . . . Remultiplexing multiplex streams, e.g. involving modifying time stamps or remapping the packet identifiers | |
H04N21/236T: | . . . . Insertion of stuffing data into a multiplex stream, e.g. to obtain a constant bitrate synchronisation arrangements in time-division multiplex systems using bit stuffing for systems with different or fluctuating information rates H04J3/07B | |
H04N21/236W: | . . . . Multiplexing of additional data and video streams arrangements for simultaneous broadcast of plural pieces of information H04H20/28 | |
H04N21/236W1: | . . . . . by inserting additional data into a data carousel, e.g. inserting software modules into a DVB carousel arrangements for broadcast or for distribution of identical information repeatedly in broadcast distribution systems H04H20/16 | |
H04N21/237: | . . . Communication with additional data server | |
H04N21/238: | . . . Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network, e.g. adapting the transmission rate of a video stream to network bandwidth; Processing of multiplex streams hybrid Fiber Coaxial HFC networks for downstream channel allocation for video distribution H04L12/28B; flow control in packet networks H04L12/56D; formation of RTP packets H04L29/06M; application layer Quality of Service and content dependent routing H04L29/08N31 | |
H04N21/2381: | . . . . Adapting the multiplex stream to a specific network, e.g. an Internet Protocol [IP network ] | |
H04N21/2383: | . . . . Channel coding or modulation of digital bit-stream, e.g. QPSK modulation | |
H04N21/2385: | . . . . Channel allocation H04N 21/266 takes precedence); Bandwidth allocation (H04N 21/24 takes precedence; allocation of channels according to the instantaneous demands of the users in time-division multiplex systems H04J3/16C; arrangements for maintenance or administration in data switching networks involving bandwidth and capacity management H04L12/24E2; Admission control, resource allocation in open networks H04L12/56F1; negotiating bandwidth in wireless networks H04W28/16 | |
H04N21/2387: | . . . . Stream processing in response to a playback request from an end-user, e.g. for trick-play | |
H04N21/2389: | . . . . Multiplex stream processing, e.g. multiplex stream encrypting | |
H04N21/2389B: | . . . . . involving embedding information at multiplex stream level, e.g. embedding a watermark at packet level | |
H04N21/2389E: | . . . . . involving multiplex stream encryption | |
H04N21/2389E1: | . . . . . . by partially encrypting, e.g. encrypting only the ending portion of a movie | |
H04N21/238P: | . . . . Controlling the feeding rate to the network, e.g. by controlling the video pump | |
H04N21/239: | . . . Interfacing the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. prioritizing client content requests | |
H04N21/239H: | . . . . involving handling client requests scheduling and organising the servicing of requests in data switching networks H04L29/08N31 | |
H04N21/239H1: | . . . . . characterized by admission policies admission control, resource allocation in open networks H04L12/56F1; arrangements for network security using user profiles for access control H04L29/06S10B; access security in wireless networks H04W12/08 | |
H04N21/24: | . . . Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. monitoring of server load, available bandwidth, upstream requests monitoring of server performance or load G06F11/34; monitoring or testing of transmitters in general H04B17/00A; arrangements for observation, testing or troubleshooting for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast H04H20/12 | |
H04N21/241: | . . . Operating System [OS processes, e.g. server setup ] | |
H04N21/242: | . . . Synchronization processes, e.g. processing of Program Clock References [PCR ] | |
H04N21/24B: | . . . . Monitoring of the client buffer | |
H04N21/24D: | . . . . Monitoring of the downstream path of the transmission network, e.g. bandwidth available traffic monitoring in data switching networks H04L12/24C4; monitoring data switching networks utilization H04L12/26M3D | |
H04N21/24E: | . . . . Monitoring of server processing errors or hardware failure error or fault detection G06F11/07; monitoring in general G06F11/30 | |
H04N21/24L: | . . . . Monitoring of the internal components or processes of the server, e.g. server load allocation of resources in multiprogramming arrangements G06F9/50; performance measurement of computer activity G06F11/34 | |
H04N21/24T: | . . . . Monitoring of transmitted content, e.g. distribution time, number of downloads arrangements for monitoring programmes for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast H04H20/14 | |
H04N21/24U: | . . . . Monitoring of the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. client requests monitoring data switching networks utilization H04L12/26M3D; protocols for scheduling and organising the servicing of requests in network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N31 | |
H04N21/25: | . . Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies maintenance or administration in data networks H04L12/24 | |
H04N21/254: | . . . Management at additional data server, e.g. shopping server, rights management server arrangements for maintenance or administration in data networks H04L12/24; Protocols involving third party service providers for network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N19 | |
H04N21/2543: | . . . . Billing e.g. for subscription services | |
H04N21/2543V: | . . . . . involving characteristics of content or additional data, e.g. video resolution or the amount of advertising | |
H04N21/2547: | . . . . . Third Party Billing, e.g. billing of advertiser | |
H04N21/254R: | . . . . Rights Management protecting software against unauthorised usage in a vending or licensing environment G06F21/00N7; security in data switching network management H04L12/24G; security management or policies for network security H04L29/06S20; access security in wireless networks H04W12/08 | |
H04N21/254S: | . . . . for selling goods, e.g. TV shopping payment schemes, payment architectures or payment protocols for electronic shopping systems G06Q20/00K3B | |
H04N21/258: | . . . Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data arrangements for services using the result on the distributing side of broadcast systems H04H60/66; data switching network applications involving user or terminal profiles H04L29/08N29 | |
H04N21/258C: | . . . . Management of client data protocols involving terminal profiles for network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N29T | |
H04N21/258C1: | . . . . . involving client authentication restricting access to computer systems by authenticating users using a predetermined code G06F21/00N5A2; authentication mechanisms for network security in communication control or processing H04L29/06S8; authentication in wireless network security H04W12/06 | |
H04N21/258C2: | . . . . . involving client display capabilities, e.g. screen resolution of a mobile phone optimising the visualisation of content during browsing in the Internet G06F17/30W9V; processing of terminal status or physical abilities in wireless networks H04W8/22; authentication in wireless network security H04W12/06 | |
H04N21/258C3: | . . . . . involving client hardware characteristics, e.g. manufacturer, processing or storage capabilities allocation of resources considering hardware capabilities in multiprogramming arrangements G06F9/50A6H; allocation of resources considering software capabilities in multiprogramming arrangements G06F9/50A6S | |
H04N21/258C4: | . . . . . involving the geographical location of the client retrieval from the Internet by querying based on geographical locations G06F17/30W1S; Arrangements for identifying locations of receiving stations in broadcast systems H04H60/51; protocols in which the network application is adapted for the location of the user terminal in communication control or processing H04L29/08N17; services making use of the location of users or terminals in wireless networks H04W4/02; locating users or terminals in wireless networks H04W64/00 | |
H04N21/258C5: | . . . . . Generation of a revocation list, e.g. of client devices involved in piracy acts | |
H04N21/258C6: | . . . . . involving client software characteristics, e.g. OS identifier | |
H04N21/258U: | . . . . Management of end-user data customer care in data networks H04L12/24S5 | |
H04N21/258U1: | . . . . . involving end-user authentication restricting access to computer systems by authenticating users using a predetermined code G06F21/00N5A2; arrangements for secret or secure communication including means for verifying the identity or authority of a user of the system H04L9/32; authentication mechanisms for network security in communication control or processing H04L29/06S8; authentication in wireless network security H04W12/06 | |
H04N21/258U2: | . . . . . being end-user demographical data, e.g. age, family status or address arrangements for identifying locations of users in broadcast systems H04H60/52 | |
H04N21/258U3: | . . . . . being end-user preferences retrieval of video data in a video database based on user preferences G06F17/30M5; arrangements for recognizing users' preferences H04H60/46; protocols involving user profiles for network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N29U; processing of user preferences or user profiles in wireless networks H04W8/18 | |
H04N21/25A: | . . . Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies details of learning user preferences for the retrieval of video data in a video database G06F17/30M5; computer systems using learning methods G06N3/08 | |
H04N21/25A1: | . . . . Processing of multiple end-users' preferences to derive collaborative data | |
H04N21/262: | . . . Content or additional data distribution scheduling, e.g. sending additional data at off-peak times, updating software modules, calculating the carousel transmission frequency, delaying a video stream transmission, generating play-lists scheduling strategies for dispatcher in multiprogramming arrangements G06F9/48C4S; arrangements for scheduling broadcast services or broadcast-related services H04H60/06; flow control in packet networks H04L12/56D; protocols for scheduling and organising the servicing of requests, whereby a time schedule is established for servicing the requests in network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N31T | |
H04N21/262C: | . . . . the scheduling operation being performed under constraints | |
H04N21/262C1: | . . . . . involving the channel capacity, e.g. network bandwidth flow control in packet networks H04L12/56D; admission control, resource allocation in open networks H04L12/56F1; protocols for scheduling and organising the servicing of requests, whereby quality of service and priority requirements are taken into account in network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N31Q | |
H04N21/262C2: | . . . . . involving billing parameters, e.g. priority for subscribers of premium services | |
H04N21/262C3: | . . . . . involving content or additional data duration or size, e.g. length of a movie, size of an executable file | |
H04N21/262C4: | . . . . . involving the time of distribution, e.g. the best time of the day for inserting an advertisement or airing a children program | |
H04N21/262D: | . . . . for delaying content or additional data distribution, e.g. because of an extended sport event | |
H04N21/262P: | . . . . for generating a list of items to be played back in a given order, e.g. playlist, or scheduling item distribution according to such list retrieval of multimedia data based on playlists G06F17/30E | |
H04N21/262R: | . . . . for determining content or additional data repetition rate, e.g. of a file in a DVB carousel according to its importance arrangements for broadcast or for distribution of identical information repeatedly in broadcast distribution systems H04H20/16 | |
H04N21/262S: | . . . . for distributing content or additional data in a staggered manner, e.g. repeating movies on different channels in a time-staggered manner in a near video on demand system | |
H04N21/262T: | . . . . for associating distribution time parameters to content, e.g. to generate electronic program guide data | |
H04N21/262U: | . . . . for providing content or additional data updates, e.g. updating software modules, stored at the client deployment, distribution, installation, update of software G06F9/445N; error detection or correction during software upgrading G06F11/14A8E; arrangements for updating broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/25 | |
H04N21/266: | . . . Channel or content management, e.g. generation and management of keys and entitlement messages in a conditional access system, merging a VOD unicast channel into a multicast channel | |
H04N21/2662: | . . . . Controlling the complexity of the video stream, e.g. by scaling the resolution or bitrate of the video stream based on the client capabilities | |
H04N21/2665: | . . . . Gathering content from different sources, e.g. Internet and satellite | |
H04N21/2668: | . . . . Creating a channel for a dedicated end-user group, e.g. insertion of targeted commercials based on end-user profiles information retrieval from the Internet by querying with filtering and personalisation G06F17/30W1F; arrangements for replacing or switching information during the broadcast H04H20/10; push services over packet-switching network H04L12/18P; adaptation of message content in packet-switching networks H04L12/58C1 | |
H04N21/266D: | . . . . for automatically generating descriptors from content, e.g. when it is not made available by its provider, using content analysis techniques | |
H04N21/266E: | . . . . for generating or managing entitlement messages, e.g. Entitlement Control Message [ECM or Entitlement Management Message [EMM] ] | |
H04N21/266E1: | . . . . . using retrofitting techniques, e.g. by re-encrypting the control words used for pre-encryption | |
H04N21/266K: | . . . . for generating or managing keys in general key distribution for secret or secure communication, using a key distribution center, a trusted party or a key server H04L9/08B; key management for security in wireless networks H04L29/06S6; key management for network security in communication control or processing H04W12/04 | |
H04N21/266M: | . . . . for merging a unicast channel into a multicast channel, e.g. in a VOD application, when a client served by unicast channel catches up a multicast channel to save bandwidth data multicast over packet-switching network H04L12/18 | |
H04N21/27: | . . Server based end-user applications | |
H04N21/274: | . . . Storing end-user multimedia data in response to end-user request , e.g. network recorder | |
H04N21/2743: | . . . . Video hosting of uploaded data from client | |
H04N21/2747: | . . . . Remote storage of video programs received via the downstream path, e.g. from the server | |
H04N21/278: | . . . Content descriptor database or directory service for end-user access details of content or meta data based information retrieval of video data in video databases G06F17/30M5 | |
H04N21/40: | . Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB ; Operations thereof ] | |
H04N21/41: | . . Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals | |
H04N21/414: | . . . Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance | |
H04N21/4143: | . . . . embedded in a Personal Computer [PC]] | |
H04N21/4147: | . . . . Personal Video Recorder [PVR ] | |
H04N21/414M: | . . . . embedded in a portable device, e.g. video client on a mobile phone, PDA, laptop constructional details of equipment or arrangements specially adapted for portable computer application G06F1/16P3; arrangements specially adapted for mobile receivers in broadcast systems H04H20/57 | |
H04N21/414P: | . . . . involving a public display, viewable by several users in a public space outside their home, e.g. movie theatre, information kiosk | |
H04N21/414T: | . . . . located in transportation means, e.g. personal vehicle arrangements specially adapted for transportation systems in broadcast systems H04H20/62 | |
H04N21/418: | . . . External card to be used in combination with the client device, e.g. for conditional access | |
H04N21/4185: | . . . . for payment mechanisms actuated by coded identity card or credit card to free or to actuate vending, hiring, coin or paper currency dispensing or refunding apparatus G07F 7/08; payment schemes, architectures or protocols G06Q 20/00; e-commerce G06Q 30/00; charging arrangements in data networks H04L12/14 | |
H04N21/418C: | . . . . for conditional access | |
H04N21/418D: | . . . . for identification purposes, e.g. storing user identification data, preferences, personal settings or data restricting access to computer systems by authenticating users using a predetermined code in combination with an additional device, e.g. dongle or smart card G06F21/00N5A2D | |
H04N21/418P: | . . . . providing its own processing capabilities, e.g. external module for video decoding | |
H04N21/418S: | . . . . providing storage capabilities, e.g. memory stick | |
H04N21/41P: | . . . using peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices | |
H04N21/41P1: | . . . . characterized by an identification number or address, e.g. local network address protecting specific internal or external computer components used for computing or processing information by creating or determining hardware identification G06F21/00N1C2; addressing and naming in data networks H04L29/12A | |
H04N21/41P2: | . . . . PC | |
H04N21/41P3: | . . . . for generating hard copies of the content, e.g. printer, electronic paper interfaces to printers G06F3/12; printing data G06K15/02 | |
H04N21/41P4: | . . . . additional display device, e.g. video projector digital output for controlling a plurality of local displays G06F3/14C | |
H04N21/41P5: | . . . . portable device, e.g. remote control with a display, PDA, mobile phone constructional details of equipment or arrangements specially adapted for portable computer application G06F1/16P3 | |
H04N21/41P6: | . . . . home appliance, e.g. lighting, air conditioning system, metering devices home automation data switching networks exchanging configuration information on appliance services H04L12/28H2 | |
H04N21/41P7: | . . . . external recorder interface circuits between an apparatus for recording television signals and a television receiver H04N5/775 | |
H04N21/422: | . . . using Input-only peripherals i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices input devices also receiving signals from specially adapted client devices H04N21/41P , e.g. Global Positioning System [GPS] (input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer G06F 3/01) | |
H04N21/4223: | . . . . Cameras (H04N 5/225 takes precedence) | |
H04N21/4227: | . . . . Providing Remote input by a user located remotely from the client device, e.g. at work | |
H04N21/422B: | . . . . biosensors, e.g. heat sensor for presence detection, EEG sensors or any limb activity sensors worn by the user Input arrangements for interaction with the human body based on nervous system activity detection G06F3/01B8 | |
H04N21/422E: | . . . . environmental sensors, e.g. for detecting temperature, luminosity, pressure, earthquakes | |
H04N21/422M: | . . . . sound input device, e.g. microphone | |
H04N21/422R: | . . . . User interfaces specially adapted for controlling a client device through a remote control device; Remote control devices therefor interaction techniques for graphical user interfaces in general, see G06F3/048; computer pointing devices in general, see G06F3/033; user interfaces for controlling a tuning device of a television receiver through a remote control H03J9/00; constructive details of casings for the remote control device H01H9/02C4; remote control of peripheral devices connected to a television receiver through the remote control device of the television receiver H04B1/20C ; remote control devices in general G08C | |
H04N21/422R2: | . . . . . characterized by hardware details | |
H04N21/422R2B: | . . . . . . Interfaces providing bidirectional communication between remote control devices and client devices | |
H04N21/422R2D: | . . . . . . Display device provided on the remote control | |
H04N21/422R2D2: | . . . . . . . for displaying non-command information, e.g. electronic program guide [EPG , e-mail, messages or a second television channel] | |
H04N21/422R2F: | . . . . . . Dedicated function buttons, e.g. for the control of an EPG, subtitles, aspect ratio, picture-in-picture or teletext | |
H04N21/422R2K: | . . . . . . Specific keyboard arrangements | |
H04N21/422R2K2: | . . . . . . . for facilitating data entry | |
H04N21/422R2K2A: | . . . . . . . . using alphanumerical characters | |
H04N21/422R2K2M: | . . . . . . . . by measuring the time interval during which a key is pressed, e.g. for inputting sequences of digits when selecting a television channel | |
H04N21/422R2K2Q: | . . . . . . . . for quick navigation, e.g. through an EPG | |
H04N21/422R2K4: | . . . . . . . for mapping a matrix of displayed objects on the screen to the numerical key-matrix of the remote control | |
H04N21/422R2M: | . . . . . . Remote control device emulator integrated in a peripheral device | |
H04N21/422R2N: | . . . . . . Remote control device emulator integrated into a non-television apparatus, e.g. a PDA, media center or smart toy remote control device for a television receiver integrated into a mobile phone H04M1/725F1B2 | |
H04N21/422R2P: | . . . . . . Transmission circuitry, e.g. infrared [IR or radio frequency [RF]] | |
H04N21/422R2S: | . . . . . . Additional components integrated in the remote control device, e.g. timer, speaker, sensors for detecting position, direction or movement of the remote control, microphone or battery charging device | |
H04N21/422R2T: | . . . . . . Touch pad or touch panel provided on the remote control touch pads in general G06F3/033P5 | |
H04N21/422R2U: | . . . . . . characterized by types of remote control, e.g. universal remote control | |
H04N21/422R4: | . . . . . Reprogrammable remote control devices | |
H04N21/422R4K: | . . . . . . the keys being reprogrammable, e.g. soft keys | |
H04N21/422R4K2: | . . . . . . . the reprogrammable keys being displayed on a display screen in order to reduce the number of keys on the remote control device itself | |
H04N21/426: | . . . Characteristics of or Internal components of the client (H04N 5/44 takes precedence) | |
H04N21/426B: | . . . . for processing the incoming bitstream | |
H04N21/426B1: | . . . . . involving specific demultiplexing arrangements | |
H04N21/426B2: | . . . . . involving specific decryption arrangements | |
H04N21/426B3: | . . . . . involving specific tuning arrangements, e.g. two tuners | |
H04N21/426B3Y: | . . . . . . involving a hybrid front-end, e.g. analog and digital tuners | |
H04N21/426D: | . . . . for reading from or writing on a non-volatile solid state storage medium, e.g. DVD, CD-ROM | |
H04N21/426G: | . . . . for processing graphics | |
H04N21/426H: | . . . . for reading from or writing on a magnetic storage medium, e.g. hard disk drive | |
H04N21/426H1: | . . . . . the medium being removable | |
H04N21/426M: | . . . . for modulating an analogue carrier signal to encode digital information or demodulating it to decode digital information, e.g. ADSL or cable modem | |
H04N21/426N: | . . . . Client identification by a unique number or address, e.g. serial number, MAC address, socket ID addressing and naming in data networks H04L29/12A | |
H04N21/426V: | . . . . for reading from or writing on a volatile storage medium, e.g. Random Access Memory [RAM ] | |
H04N21/43: | . . Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network, synchronizing decoder's clock; Client middleware demultiplexing of data packets for data networks, e.g. RTP/UDP H04L29/06M | |
H04N21/431: | . . . Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction ; Content or additional data rendering | |
H04N21/431L: | . . . . involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations | |
H04N21/431L1: | . . . . . for fitting data in a restricted space on the screen, e.g. EPG data in a rectangular grid | |
H04N21/431L3: | . . . . . for displaying supplemental content in a region of the screen, e.g. an advertisement in a separate window | |
H04N21/431M: | . . . . by altering the content in the rendering process, e.g. blanking, blurring or masking an image region image enhancement or restoration in general G06T5/00 | |
H04N21/432: | . . . Content retrieval operation from a local storage medium, e.g. hard-disk details of retrieval of video data and associated meta data in video databases G06F17/30M5 | |
H04N21/432P: | . . . . by playing back content from the storage medium reproduction of recorded television signals H04N5/76; reproduction of recorded television signals H04N9/79 | |
H04N21/433: | . . . Content storage operation, e.g. storage operation in response to a pause request, caching operations | |
H04N21/4335: | . . . . Housekeeping operations, e.g. prioritizing content for deletion because of storage space restrictions storage management, e.g. defragmentation G06F3/06M; unloading stored programs G06F9/445; storage management in file systems G06F17/30F; buffering arrangements in a network node or in an end terminal in packet networks H04L12/56Q1 | |
H04N21/433C: | . . . . Caching operations, e.g. of an advertisement for later insertion during playback | |
H04N21/433D: | . . . . by placing content in organized collections, e.g. local EPG data repository interfaces, Database management systems or updating for information retrieval G06F17/30B; details of retrieval of video data and associated meta data in video database G06F17/30M5 | |
H04N21/433P: | . . . . Processing operations in response to a pause request | |
H04N21/433R: | . . . . Recording operations recording of a television signal H04N5/76; arrangements for recording or accumulating broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/27 | |
H04N21/434: | . . . Disassembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. demultiplexing audio and video streams, extraction of additional data from a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Extraction or processing of SI; Disassembling of packetized elementary stream demultiplexing of data packets for data networks, e.g. RTP/UDP H04L65/00; stereoscopic image multiplexing or transmission H04N13/00P | |
H04N21/434A: | . . . . Demultiplexing of audio and video streams | |
H04N21/434B: | . . . . Demultiplexing isochronously with video sync, e.g. according to bit-parallel or bit-serial interface formats, as SDI | |
H04N21/434P: | . . . . Extraction or processing of packetized elementary streams [PES ] | |
H04N21/434R: | . . . . Remultiplexing of multiplex streams, e.g. by modifying time stamps or remapping the packet identifiers | |
H04N21/434S: | . . . . Extraction or processing of SI, e.g. extracting service information from an MPEG stream | |
H04N21/434T: | . . . . involving stuffing data, e.g. packets or bytes synchronisation arrangements in time-division multiplex systems with different or fluctuating information rates H04J3/07B | |
H04N21/434V: | . . . . Demultiplexing of several video streams | |
H04N21/434W: | . . . . Demultiplexing of additional data and video streams | |
H04N21/434W1: | . . . . . by extracting from data carousels, e.g. extraction of software modules from a DVB carousel | |
H04N21/435: | . . . Processing of additional data, e.g. decrypting of additional data, reconstructing software from modules extracted from the transport stream | |
H04N21/435B: | . . . . involving reassembling additional data, e.g. rebuilding an executable program from recovered modules | |
H04N21/435D: | . . . . involving decryption of additional data arrangements using cryptography for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/23 | |
H04N21/435R: | . . . . involving reformatting operations of additional data, e.g. HTML pages on a television screen optimising the visualization of content for information retrieval from the Internet G06F17/30W9V; adaptation of message content in packet-switching networks H04L12/58C2; Media manipulation, adaptation or conversion at the destination in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M6C4 | |
H04N21/435R1: | . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution e.g. to reformat additional data on a handheld device, attached to the STB | |
H04N21/435R3: | . . . . . for generating different versions, e.g. for different peripheral devices | |
H04N21/436: | . . . Interfacing a local distribution network, e.g. communicating with another STB, inside the home ; Interfacing an external card to be used in combination with the client device | |
H04N21/4363: | . . . . Adapting the video or multiplex stream to a specific local network, e.g. a IEEE 1394 or Bluetooth® network [M1201] | |
H04N21/4363C: | . . . . . involving a wired protocol, e.g. IEEE 1394 high-speed IEEE 1394 serial bus H04L12/40F | |
H04N21/4363C1: | . . . . . . HDMI | |
H04N21/4363W: | . . . . . involving a wireless protocol, e.g. Bluetooth or wireless LAN IEEE 802.11; arrangements for wireless networking or broadcasting of information in indoor or near-field type systems H04B10/10N3; wireless local area data switching networks H04L12/28W; flow control in wireless networks H04W28/10 | |
H04N21/4367: | . . . . Establishing a secure communication between the client and a peripheral device or smart card arrangements for secret or secure communication H04L 9/00; security arrangements for protecting computers or computer systems against unauthorised activity G06F 21/00; security arrangements in wireless networks H04W12/00 | |
H04N21/436C: | . . . . Interfacing a plurality of external cards, e.g. through a DVB Common Interface [DVB-CI ] | |
H04N21/436H: | . . . . Interfacing a Home Network, e.g. for connecting the client to a plurality of peripherals home Audio Video Interoperability (HAVI) data switching networks H04L12/28H1 | |
H04N21/436R: | . . . . Interfacing an external recording device | |
H04N21/437: | . . . Interfacing the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. for transmitting client requests to a VOD server flow control in data networks H04L12/56D; formation of RTP packets H04L29/06M; application layer Quality of Service and content dependent routing of client requests H04L29/08N31 | |
H04N21/438: | . . . Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, e.g. retrieving MPEG packets from an IP network transmission of MPEG streams over ATM H04L12/56A; flow control in data networks H04L12/56D; processing of real-time packets H04L29/06M | |
H04N21/4385: | . . . . Multiplex stream processing, e.g. multiplex stream decrypting | |
H04N21/4385D: | . . . . . involving multiplex stream decryption arrangements using cryptography for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/23 | |
H04N21/4385D1: | . . . . . . by partial decryption, e.g. decrypting a multiplex stream that has been partially encrypted | |
H04N21/438D: | . . . . Recovering the multiplex stream from a specific network, e.g. recovering MPEG packets from ATM cells transmission of MPEG streams over ATM H04L12/56A | |
H04N21/438M: | . . . . Demodulation or channel decoding, e.g. QPSK demodulation analog front ends or means for connecting modulators, demodulators or transceivers to a transmission line H04L27/00A | |
H04N21/438T: | . . . . Accessing a communication channel, e.g. channel tuning tuning indicators; automatic tuning control H04N5/50 | |
H04N21/438T1: | . . . . . involving operations to reduce the access time, e.g. fast-tuning for reducing channel switching latency | |
H04N21/439: | . . . Processing of audio elementary streams | |
H04N21/439B: | . . . . involving audio buffer management | |
H04N21/439D: | . . . . involving operations for analysing the audio stream, e.g. detecting features or characteristics in audio streams arrangements characterised by components specially adapted for monitoring, identification or recognition of audio in broadcast systems H04H60/58 | |
H04N21/439M: | . . . . by muting the audio signal | |
H04N21/439R: | . . . . involving reformatting operations of audio signals details of audio signal transcoding G10L19/14T | |
H04N21/43S: | . . . Content synchronization processes, e.g. decoder synchronization | |
H04N21/43S1: | . . . . Synchronizing client clock from received content stream, e.g. locking decoder clock with encoder clock, extraction of the PCR packets arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter by comparing receiver clock with transmitter clock H04L7/00B2; arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter wherein the receiver takes measures against momentary loss of synchronisation H04L7/00R2 | |
H04N21/43S2: | . . . . Synchronizing display of multiple content streams, e.g. synchronisation of audio and video output or enabling or disabling interactive icons for a given period of time | |
H04N21/44: | . . . Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing a video clip retrieved from local storage with an incoming video stream, rendering scenes according to MPEG-4 scene graphs | |
H04N21/4402: | . . . . involving reformatting operations of video signals for household redistribution, storage or real-time display [N:adapting incoming signals to the display format of the display terminal G09G5/00T2; media manipulation, adaptation or conversion at the destination in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M6C4; details of conversion of video standards at pixel level H04N7/01; video transcoding H04N7/26T | |
H04N21/4402D: | . . . . . for formatting on an optical medium, e.g. DVD | |
H04N21/4402F: | . . . . . by transcoding between formats or standards, e.g. from MPEG-2 to MPEG-4 conversion of standards in analogue television systems H04N7/01 | |
H04N21/4402L: | . . . . . by decomposing into layers, e.g. base layer and one or more enhancement layers | |
H04N21/4402M: | . . . . . by media transcoding, e.g. video is transformed into a slideshow of still pictures, audio is converted into text | |
H04N21/4402P: | . . . . . the reformatting operation being performed only on part of the stream, e.g. a region of the image or a time segment | |
H04N21/4402Q: | . . . . . by altering signal-to-noise parameters, e.g. requantization | |
H04N21/4402S: | . . . . . by altering the spatial resolution, e.g. for displaying on a connected PDA | |
H04N21/4402S1: | . . . . . . for performing aspect ratio conversion | |
H04N21/4402T: | . . . . . by altering the temporal resolution, e.g. by frame skipping television signal recording using magnetic recording on tape for reproducing at a rate different from the recording rate H04N5/783 | |
H04N21/4402V: | . . . . . for generating different versions | |
H04N21/4405: | . . . . involving video stream decryption arrangements for secret or secure communication H04L 9/00; arrangements using cryptography for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/23 | |
H04N21/4405P: | . . . . . by partially decrypting, e.g. decrypting a video stream that has been partially encrypted | |
H04N21/4408: | . . . . involving video stream encryption, e.g. re-encrypting a decrypted video stream for redistribution in a home network arrangements for secret or secure communication H04L 9/00; arrangements using cryptography for the use of broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/23 | |
H04N21/441: | . . . Acquiring end-user identification authentication in wireless communication networks H04W 12/06) e.g. using personal code sent by the remote control or by inserting a card (restricting access to computer systems by authenticating users using a predetermined code G06F21/00N5A2 | |
H04N21/4415: | . . . . using biometric characteristics of the user, e.g. by voice recognition or fingerprint scanning methods or arrangements for recognising patterns G06K 9/00; restricting access to computer systems by authenticating users using biometric data G06F21/00N5A2B; authentication mechanisms using biometrical features for network security H04L29/06S8F; authentication in wireless network security H04W12/06 | |
H04N21/442: | . . . Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk arrangements for monitoring broadcast services or broadcast-related services H04H60/29; arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information H04H60/35; monitoring of user activities for profile generation for accessing a video database G06F17/30M5; monitoring in wireless networks H04W24/00 | |
H04N21/4425: | . . . . Monitoring of client processing errors or hardware failure monitoring in electrical digital data processing G06F 11/00; error detection in general G06F11/07; monitoring in general G06F11/30 | |
H04N21/442C: | . . . . Monitoring of content usage, e.g. the number of times a movie has been viewed, copied or the amount which has been watched monitoring of user activities for profile generation for accessing a video database G06F17/30M5; Protecting generic digital content where the protection is independent of the precise nature of the content G06F21/00N7D; arrangements for monitoring the use made of the broadcast services in broadcast systems H04H60/31 | |
H04N21/442D: | . . . . Monitoring of downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, e.g. bandwidth variations of a wireless network monitoring or testing of receivers in general by measuring channel quality parameters H04B17/00B1; arrangements for maintenance or administration in data switching networks involving bandwidth and capacity management H04L12/24E2 | |
H04N21/442E: | . . . . Monitoring of end-user related data arrangements for monitoring the users' behaviour or opinions in broadcast systems H04H60/33 | |
H04N21/442E1: | . . . . . Detecting physical presence or behaviour of the user, e.g. using sensors to detect if the user is leaving the room or changes his face expression during a TV program methods or arrangements for acquiring or recognising human faces, facial parts, facial sketches, facial expressions G06K9/00F; methods or arrangements for recognising movements or behaviour G06K9/00G; methods or arrangements for recognising human body or animal bodies or body parts G06K9/00H; arrangements for identifying users in broadcast systems H04H60/45 | |
H04N21/442E2: | . . . . . Monitoring of user selections, e.g. selection of programs, purchase activity monitoring of user selections in data processing systems G06F11/34; monitoring of user activities for profile generation for accessing a video database G06F17/30M5; tracking the activity of the end-user H04L29/08N21; arrangements for monitoring the user's behaviour or opinions in broadcast systems H04H60/33 | |
H04N21/442H: | . . . . Monitoring of local network, e.g. connection or bandwidth variations; Detecting new devices in the local network configuring of peripheral devices in general G06F9/445B4; monitoring connectivity in data switched networks H04L12/26M3A1 | |
H04N21/442L: | . . . . Monitoring of peripheral device or external card, e.g. to detect processing problems in a handheld device or the failure of an external recording device configuring of peripheral devices in general G06F9/445B4; monitoring the status of connected device in data switched networks H04L12/26M3A2; reporting information sensed by appliance or service execution status of appliance services in a home automation network H04L12/28H4 | |
H04N21/442P: | . . . . Monitoring of piracy processes or activities protecting computer platforms against harmful, malicious or unexpected behaviour or activities using intrusion detection and counter measures G06F21/00N3J; computer virus detection and handling G06F21/00N3V | |
H04N21/442S: | . . . . Monitoring of the internal components or processes of the client device, e.g. CPU or memory load, processing speed, timer, counter or percentage of the hard disk space used error monitoring in general G06F11/30; monitoring or testing of receivers in general with feedback of measurements to the transmitter H04B17/00B4; arrangements for monitoring conditions of receiving stations in broadcast systems H04H60/32; diagnosis, testing or measuring for television receivers H04N17/04 | |
H04N21/442U: | . . . . Monitoring the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. its availability, bandwidth monitoring or testing of receivers in general by measuring channel quality parameters H04B17/00B1 | |
H04N21/443: | . . . OS processes, e.g. booting a STB, implementing a Java virtual machine in a STB, power management in a STB arrangements for program loading or initiating G06F 9/445; boot device selection; loading of operating system G06F9/445B6; program loading or initiating in general using non-volatile memory from which the program can be directly executed G06F9/445E | |
H04N21/443A: | . . . . characterized by the use of Application Program Interface [API libraries] | |
H04N21/443B: | . . . . Powering on the client, e.g. bootstrap loading using setup parameters being stored locally or received from the server resetting in general G06F1/14; program loading or initiating in general G06F9/445; bootstrapping in general G06F9/445B; secure boots of computer platforms G06F21/00N3P2 | |
H04N21/443H: | . . . . Implementing client middleware, e.g. Multimedia Home Platform [MHP ] | |
H04N21/443M: | . . . . Memory management allocation of memory to service a request G06F9/50A2M; addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures G06F12/02 | |
H04N21/443P: | . . . . Power management, e.g. shutting down unused components of the receiver power management in computer systems G06F1/32P; Hibernate or awake process in computer systems G06F9/445B7 | |
H04N21/443V: | . . . . Implementing a Virtual Machine [VM ] | |
H04N21/443W: | . . . . Window management, e.g. event handling following interaction with the user interface | |
H04N21/44B: | . . . . involving video buffer management, e.g. video decoder buffer or video display buffer | |
H04N21/44D: | . . . . involving operations for analysing video streams, e.g. detecting features or characteristics in the video stream arrangements characterised by components specially adapted for monitoring, identification or recognition of video in broadcast systems H04H60/59 | |
H04N21/44R: | . . . . involving rendering scenes according to scene graphs, e.g. MPEG-4 scene graphs | |
H04N21/44S: | . . . . involving splicing one content stream with another content stream, e.g. for substituting a video clip | |
H04N21/45: | . . Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts | |
H04N21/454: | . . . Content or additional data filtering, e.g. blocking advertisements filtering and selective blocking of messages over packet-switching networks H04L12/58F | |
H04N21/4545: | . . . . Input to filtering algorithms, e.g. filtering a region of the image filtering for image enhancement or restoration G06T5/00 | |
H04N21/4545L: | . . . . . applied to an object-based stream, e.g. MPEG-4 streams | |
H04N21/4545P: | . . . . . applied to a region of the image | |
H04N21/4545W: | . . . . . applied to a time segment | |
H04N21/454B: | . . . . Blocking scenes or portions of the received content, e.g. censoring scenes | |
H04N21/458: | . . . Scheduling content for creating a personalized stream, e.g. by combining a locally stored advertisement with an incoming stream; Updating operations, e.g. for OS modules ; time-related management operationsarrangements for replacing or switching information during the broadcast or during the distribution H04H20/10 | |
H04N21/458C: | . . . . Automatically resolving scheduling conflicts, e.g. when a recording by reservation has been programmed for two programs in the same time slot | |
H04N21/458U: | . . . . Content update operation triggered locally, e.g. by comparing the version of software modules in a DVB carousel to the version stored locally deployment, distribution, installation, update of software G06F9/445N; program updating while running in general G06F9/445R; error detection or correction of the data by redundancy during software upgrading G06F11/14A8E; arrangements for updating broadcast information or broadcast-related information H04H60/25 | |
H04N21/45M: | . . . Management of client or end-user data | |
H04N21/45M1: | . . . . involving client characteristics, e.g. Set-Top-Box type, software version, amount of memory available allocation of resources considering software capabilities G06F9/50A6S; Allocation of resources considering hardware capabilities G06F9/50A6H; message adaptation based on network or terminal capabilities in packet switching networks H04L12/58C; protocols involving terminal profiles for network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N29T; processing of terminal status or physical abilities in wireless networks H04W8/22 | |
H04N21/45M2: | . . . . involving the geographical location of the client retrieval from the Internet by querying based on geographical locations G06F17/30W1S; Systems specially adapted for using geographical information in broadcast systems H04H60/70; protocols in which the network application is adapted for the location of the user terminal in communication control or processing H04L29/08N17; services making use of the location of users or terminals in wireless networks H04W4/02; Locating users or terminals in wireless networks H04W64/00 | |
H04N21/45M3: | . . . . involving end-user characteristics, e.g. viewer profile, preferences monitoring of user activities for profile generation for accessing a video database G06F17/30M5; protocols involving user profiles for network applications in communication control or processing H04L29/08N29U; processing of user preferences or user profiles in wireless networks H04W8/18 | |
H04N21/462: | . . . Content or additional data management e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end, controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities | |
H04N21/4623: | . . . . Processing of entitlement messages, e.g. Entitlement Control Message [ECM , Entitlement Management Message [EMM] ] | |
H04N21/4627: | . . . . Rights management associated to the contentprotecting software against unauthorised usage in a vending or licensing environment G06F21/00N7; security in data switching network management H04L12/24G; security management or policies for network security H04L29/06S20; access security in wireless networks H04W12/08 | |
H04N21/462Q: | . . . . Controlling the complexity of the content stream or additional data, e.g. lowering the resolution or bit-rate of the video stream for a mobile client with a small screen arrangements for using the results of monitoring on user's side in broadcast systems H04H60/65; flow control in packet networks H04L12/56D | |
H04N21/462S: | . . . . Retrieving content or additional data from different sources, e.g. from a broadcast channel and the Internet web site content organization and management for information retrieval from the Internet G06F17/30W7; transmission by internet of broadcast information H04H60/82; stock exchange data over packet-switching network H04L12/18B; push services including data channel over packet-switching network H04L12/18P | |
H04N21/466: | . . . Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies monitoring of user activities for profile generation for accessing a video database G06F17/30M5; computer systems using learning methods G06N3/08; services using the results of monitoring in broadcast systems H04H60/61 | |
H04N21/466C: | . . . . Deriving a combined profile for a plurality of end-users of the same client, e.g. for family members within a home data switching network applications using user profiles H04L29/08N29U | |
H04N21/466L: | . . . . characterized by learning algorithms | |
H04N21/466L1: | . . . . . involving probabilistic networks, e.g. Bayesian networks | |
H04N21/466L2: | . . . . . involving classification methods, e.g. Decision trees | |
H04N21/466L3: | . . . . . using neural networks, e.g. processing the feedback provided by the user | |
H04N21/466M: | . . . . Processing of monitored end-user data, e.g. trend analysis based on the log file of viewer selections | |
H04N21/466R: | . . . . for recommending content, e.g. movies | |
H04N21/47: | . . End-user applications interaction techniques for graphical user interfaces G06F 3/048; receiver circuitry for displaying additional information H04N 5/445; software engineering for user interfaces G06F9/44G4W; services or applications for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M4 | |
H04N21/472: | . . . End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content end-user interfaces for retrieving video data from a database G06F17/30M5; content on demand in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M4S4 | |
H04N21/4722: | . . . . for requesting additional data associated with the content | |
H04N21/4725: | . . . . . using interactive regions of the image, e.g. hot spots details of information retrieval from the Internet by using URLs G06F17/30W5; processing chained hypermedia data for information retrieval G06F17/30G4 | |
H04N21/4728: | . . . . for selecting a Region Of Interest [ROI , e.g. for requesting a higher resolution version of a selected region] | |
H04N21/472D: | . . . . for requesting content on demand, e.g. video on demand | |
H04N21/472E: | . . . . for manipulating displayed content, e.g. interacting with MPEG-4 objects, editing locally | |
H04N21/472N: | . . . . for requesting near-video-on-demand content | |
H04N21/472P: | . . . . for requesting pay-per-view content (payment schemes payment architectures or payment protocols G06Q20, G07F) | |
H04N21/472R: | . . . . for content reservation or setting reminders; for requesting event notification, e.g. of sport results or stock market notification of incoming messages in packet switching networks H04L12/58N; stock exchange data over packet-switching network H04L12/18B; push services over packet-switching network H04L12/18P | |
H04N21/472V: | . . . . for controlling playback functions for recorded or on-demand content, e.g. using progress bars, mode or play-point indicators or bookmarks specific graphical features in visual interfaces H04N21/431L | |
H04N21/475: | . . . End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN , preference data] | |
H04N21/475A: | . . . . for defining user accounts, e.g. accounts for children | |
H04N21/475D: | . . . . for user identification, e.g. by entering a PIN or password authentication mechanisms using passwords for network security H04L29/06S8D | |
H04N21/475P: | . . . . for defining user preferences, e.g. favourite actors or genre retrieval personalisation and generation of user profiles for the retrieval of video data G06F17/30M5; Data switching network applications using user profiles H04L29/08N29U | |
H04N21/475R: | . . . . for rating content, e.g. scoring a recommended movie | |
H04N21/475V: | . . . . for providing answers, e.g. voting | |
H04N21/478: | . . . Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application | |
H04N21/4782: | . . . . Web browsing , e.g. WebTVinformation retrieval from the Internet G06F17/30W; protocols for network applications involving the use of web-based technology H04L29/08N1 | |
H04N21/4784: | . . . . receiving rewards payment schemes, architectures or protocols G06Q 20/00; e-commerce G06Q 30/00; charging arrangements in data networks H04L12/14 | |
H04N21/4786: | . . . . e-mailing message switching systems, e.g. electronic mail systems H04L12/58 | |
H04N21/4788: | . . . . communicating with other users, e.g. chatting arrangements for providing for computer conferences, e.g. chat rooms, to substation in data switching networks H04L12/18D; protocols for peer-to-peer networking in communication control or processing H04L29/08N9P | |
H04N21/478B: | . . . . Electronic banking banking in general G06Q40/00A | |
H04N21/478G: | . . . . Games | |
H04N21/478S: | . . . . Electronic shopping payment schemes, payment architectures or payment protocols for electronic shopping systems G06Q20/00K3B | |
H04N21/482: | . . . End-user interface for program selection systems specially adapted for using EPGs in broadcast systems H04H60/72 | |
H04N21/482G: | . . . . using a grid, e.g. sorted out by channel and broadcast time | |
H04N21/482N: | . . . . using a channel name | |
H04N21/482P: | . . . . using a list of items to be played back in a given order, e.g. playlists | |
H04N21/482R: | . . . . using recommendation lists, e.g. of programs or channels sorted out according to their score | |
H04N21/482S: | . . . . for searching program descriptors retrieval of video data G06F17/30M5 | |
H04N21/485: | . . . End-user interface for client configuration | |
H04N21/485A: | . . . . for modifying audio parameters, e.g. switching between mono and stereo | |
H04N21/485D: | . . . . for modifying image parameters, e.g. image brightness, contrast | |
H04N21/485L: | . . . . for language selection, e.g. for the menu or subtitles | |
H04N21/485S: | . . . . for modifying screen layout parameters, e.g. fonts, size of the windows | |
H04N21/488: | . . . Data services, e.g. news ticker systems specially adapted for using meteorological information in broadcast systems H04H60/71 | |
H04N21/488M: | . . . . for displaying messages, e.g. warnings, reminders arrangements for providing short real-time information to substation in data switching networks H04L12/18Y | |
H04N21/488S: | . . . . for displaying subtitles | |
H04N21/488T: | . . . . for displaying a ticker, e.g. scrolling banner for news, stock exchange, weather data | |
H04N21/488X: | . . . . for displaying teletext characters | |
H04N21/60: | . using Network structure or processes specifically adapted for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients | |
H04N21/61: | . . Network physical structure; Signal processing (H04B takes precedence) | |
H04N21/61D: | . . . specially adapted to the downstream path of the transmission network | |
H04N21/61D1: | . . . . involving terrestrial transmission, e.g. DVB-T | |
H04N21/61D2: | . . . . involving cable transmission, e.g. using a cable modem | |
H04N21/61D3: | . . . . involving transmission via Internet transmission by internet of broadcast information H04H60/82 | |
H04N21/61D4: | . . . . involving transmission via a mobile phone network wireless downlink channel access H04W74/00C4 | |
H04N21/61D5: | . . . . involving transmission via a telephone network, e.g. POTS | |
H04N21/61D6: | . . . . involving transmission via a satellite | |
H04N21/61P: | . . . Signal processing at physical level signal processing in analog two-way television systems H04N7/173 | |
H04N21/61U: | . . . specially adapted to the upstream path of the transmission network | |
H04N21/61U1: | . . . . involving terrestrial transmission, e.g. DVB-T | |
H04N21/61U2: | . . . . involving cable transmission, e.g. using a cable modem | |
H04N21/61U3: | . . . . involving transmission via Internet broadcast-related systems characterised by the transmission system being the Internet H04H60/82 | |
H04N21/61U4: | . . . . involving transmission via a mobile phone network arrangements for providing broadcast or conference services to substation in data switching networks in combination with wireless systems H04L12/18W; wireless uplink channel access H04W74/00C2 | |
H04N21/61U5: | . . . . involving transmission via a telephone network, e.g. POTS | |
H04N21/61U6: | . . . . involving transmission via a satellite arrangements for data linking, networking or transporting, or for controlling an end to end session in a satellite broadcast system H04B7/185H2 | |
H04N21/63: | . . Control signaling related to video distribution between client, server and network components; Network processes for video distribution between server and clients or between remote clients , e.g. transmitting basic layer and enhancement layers over different transmission paths, setting up a peer-to-peer communication via Internet between remote STB's; Communication protocols; Addressing | |
H04N21/633: | . . . Control signals issued by server directed to the network components or client management of faults, events, alarms in data networks H04L12/24D | |
H04N21/6332: | . . . . directed to client | |
H04N21/6334: | . . . . . for authorization, e.g. by transmitting a key arrangements for secret or secure communication H04L 9/00; wireless communications network key management H04W12/04; wireless communications network access security H04W12/08 | |
H04N21/6334K: | . . . . . . by transmitting keys key distribution for secret or secure communication H04L9/08; arrangements for network security key management H04L29/06S6 | |
H04N21/6336: | . . . . . directed to decoder | |
H04N21/6338: | . . . . directed to network | |
H04N21/637: | . . . Control signals issued by the client directed to the server or network components | |
H04N21/6371: | . . . . directed to network | |
H04N21/6373: | . . . . for rate control e.g. request to the server to modify its transmission rateflow control in packet networks H04L12/56D | |
H04N21/6375: | . . . . for requesting retransmission , e.g. of data packets lost or corrupted during transmission from server | |
H04N21/6377: | . . . . directed to server control of source by destination in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M4S6 | |
H04N21/6377K: | . . . . . for uploading keys, e.g. for a client to communicate its public key to the server arrangements for network security key management H04L29/06S6 | |
H04N21/6379: | . . . . . directed to encoder , e.g. for requesting a lower encoding rate | |
H04N21/63M: | . . . Multimode Transmission, e.g. transmitting basic layers and enhancement layers of the content over different transmission paths or transmitting with different error corrections, different keys or with different transmission protocols | |
H04N21/63P: | . . . using a connection between clients on a wide area network, e.g. setting up a peer-to-peer communication via Internet for retrieving video segments from the hard-disk of other client devices broadcast-related systems characterised by transmission among terminal devices H04H60/80; protocols for peer-to-peer networking in communication control or processing H04L29/08N9P | |
H04N21/64: | . . . Addressing multicast or broadcast in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M4S2; arrangements for addressing and naming in data networks H04L29/12A | |
H04N21/6402: | . . . . Address allocation for clients address allocation in data networks H04L29/12A3 | |
H04N21/6405: | . . . . Multicasting data broadcast and multicast in packet switching networks H04L12/18 | |
H04N21/6408: | . . . . Unicasting | |
H04N21/643: | . . . using dedicated Communication protocols | |
H04N21/6433: | . . . . Digital Storage Media - Command and Control Protocol [DSM-CC ] | |
H04N21/6437: | . . . . Real-time Transport Protocol [RTP ] | |
H04N21/643A: | . . . . ATM | |
H04N21/643H: | . . . . DVB-H | |
H04N21/643P: | . . . . IP | |
H04N21/647: | . . . Control signaling between network components and server or clients; Network processes for video distribution between server and clients, e.g. controlling the quality of the video stream, by dropping packets, protecting content from unauthorized alteration within the network, monitoring of network load, bridging between two different networks, e.g. between IP and wireless signalling, control or architecture for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M2 | |
H04N21/647B: | . . . . for transferring content from a first network to a second network, e.g. between IP and wireless | |
H04N21/647F: | . . . . Protecting content from unauthorized alteration within the network verifying the information received for network security in communication control or processing H04L29/06S12; integrity in wireless network security H04W12/10 | |
H04N21/647M: | . . . . Monitoring of network processes or resources, e.g. monitoring of network load traffic related reporting in data switching networks H04L12/26M2B1 | |
H04N21/647M1: | . . . . . Monitoring network processes errors counter-measures to a fault in communication control or processing H04L29/14 | |
H04N21/647M2: | . . . . . Monitoring network characteristics, e.g. bandwidth, congestion level data switched network analysis H04L12/24C; monitoring functioning in data switched networks H04L12/26M3A2; flow control in packet networks H04L12/56D | |
H04N21/647N: | . . . . Control signals issued by the network directed to the server or the client | |
H04N21/647N1: | . . . . . directed to the client | |
H04N21/647N2: | . . . . . directed to the server | |
H04N21/647N2R: | . . . . . . for rate control flow control in packet networks H04L12/56D | |
H04N21/647N2T: | . . . . . . for requesting retransmission, e.g. of data packets lost or corrupted during transmission from server | |
H04N21/647P: | . . . . Data processing by the network data processing in packet switching systems H04L12/56; flow control in packet networks H04L12/56D; intermediate storage or scheduling H04L12/56Q; protocols involving intermediate processing or storage in communication networks H04L29/08N27 | |
H04N21/647P1: | . . . . . Controlling the complexity of the content stream, e.g. by dropping packets media manipulation, adaptation or conversion at an intermediate station in one way streaming for real-time multimedia communications H04L29/06M6C6; arrangements for reducing the amount or size of exchanged application data in the network H04L29/08N27L; negotiation of resources in wireless networks H04W28/16 | |
H04N21/65: | . . transmission of management data between client and server | |
H04N21/654: | . . . transmission by server directed to the client | |
H04N21/6543: | . . . . for forcing some client operations, e.g. recording remote booting in general G06F9/445B8 | |
H04N21/6547: | . . . . comprising parameters, e.g. for client setup | |
H04N21/658: | . . . transmission by the client directed to the server | |
H04N21/6583: | . . . . Acknowledgement | |
H04N21/6587: | . . . . Control parameters, e.g. trick play commands, viewpoint selection | |
H04N21/658R: | . . . . Reference data, e.g. a movie identifier for ordering a movie or a product identifier in a home shopping application | |
H04N21/658S: | . . . . Data stored in the client, e.g. viewing habits, hardware capabilities, credit card number arrangements where receivers interact with the broadcast H04H20/38 | |
H04N21/80: | . Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se arrangements for generating broadcast information H04H60/02 | |
H04N21/81: | . . Monomedia components thereof | |
H04N21/81A: | . . . involving special audio data, e.g. different tracks for different languages | |
H04N21/81A1: | . . . . comprising music, e.g. song in MP3 format | |
H04N21/81C: | . . . involving advertisement data advertising per se G06Q30/00A | |
H04N21/81D: | . . . involving additional data, e.g. news, sports, stocks, weather forecasts | |
H04N21/81D1: | . . . . specifically related to the content, e.g. biography of the actors in a movie, detailed information about an article seen in a video program | |
H04N21/81D2: | . . . . comprising emergency warnings arrangements specially adapted for emergency or urgency in broadcast systems H04H20/59; arrangements for providing alarms, notifications, alerts to substation in data switching networks H04L12/18Y | |
H04N21/81G: | . . . involving graphical data, e.g. 3D object, 2D graphics | |
H04N21/81G1: | . . . . comprising still images, e.g. texture, background image | |
H04N21/81V: | . . . involving special video data, e.g 3D video | |
H04N21/81W: | . . . involving executable data, e.g. software arrangements for executing specific programs G06F9/44; broadcasting computer programmes in broadcast systems H04H20/91; movement of software or configuration parameters, in data networks H04L29/08N33 | |
H04N21/81W1: | . . . . End-user applications, e.g. Web browser, game | |
H04N21/81W2: | . . . . OS software | |
H04N21/81W3: | . . . . specially adapted to be executed by a peripheral of the client device, e.g. by a reprogrammable remote control | |
H04N21/81W4: | . . . . dedicated tools, e.g. video decoder software or IPMP tool | |
H04N21/83: | . . Generation or processing of protective or descriptive data associated with content; Content structuring | |
H04N21/835: | . . . Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates protecting software against unauthorised usage in a vending or licensing environment G06F21/00N7 | |
H04N21/8352: | . . . . involving content or source identification data, e.g. Unique Material Identifier [UMID ] | |
H04N21/8355: | . . . . involving usage data, e.g. number of copies or viewings allowed | |
H04N21/8355L: | . . . . . using a structured language for describing usage rules of the content, e.g. REL | |
H04N21/8358: | . . . . involving watermark protecting executable software by watermarking G06F21/00N7P2; image watermarking in general G06T1/00W; watermarks inserted in still images for transmission purposes H04N1/32C19; inserting watermarks during video coding H04N7/26E10 | |
H04N21/84: | . . . Generation or processing of descriptive data, e.g. content descriptors systems specially adapted for using meta-information in broadcast systems H04H60/73 | |
H04N21/8405: | . . . . represented by keywords | |
H04N21/845: | . . . Structuring of content, e.g. decomposing content into time segments | |
H04N21/845A: | . . . . using Advanced Video Coding [AVC ] | |
H04N21/845F: | . . . . by locking or enabling a set of features, e.g. optional functionalities in an executable program | |
H04N21/845P: | . . . . involving pointers to the content, e.g. pointers to the I-frames of the video stream | |
H04N21/845T: | . . . . by decomposing the content in the time domain, e.g. in time segments | |
H04N21/845U: | . . . . involving uncompressed content | |
H04N21/84V: | . . . . involving a version number, e.g. version number of EPG data arrangements for version control in computers G06F9/44G4C | |
H04N21/85: | . . Assembly of content; Generation of multimedia applications | |
H04N21/854: | . . . Content Authoring | |
H04N21/8541: | . . . . involving branching, e.g. to different story endings | |
H04N21/8543: | . . . . using a description language, e.g. Multimedia and Hypermedia information coding Expert Group [MHEG , eXtensible Markup Language [XML] ] | |
H04N21/8545: | . . . . for generating interactive applications | |
H04N21/8547: | . . . . involving timestamps for synchronizing content | |
H04N21/8549: | . . . . Creating video summaries, e.g. movie trailer retrieval in video databases by using presentations in form of a video summary G06F17/30M5 | |
H04N21/854D: | . . . . by describing the content as an MPEG-21 Digital Item | |
H04N21/854F: | . . . . involving a specific file format, e.g. MP4 format | |
H04N21/858: | . . . Linking data to content, e.g. by linking an URL to a video object, by creating a hotspot | |
H04N21/858H: | . . . . by creating hot-spots | |
H04N21/858U: | . . . . by using a URL processing chained hypermedia data for information retrieval G06F17/30G4; information retrieval from the Internet by using URLs G06F17/30W5; URL in broadcast information H04H20/93; protocols for network applications involving the use of web-based technology H04L29/08N1 | |